As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 5, 2003
Registration No. 333-105626
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware |
7373 |
54-1360804 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
4350 Fair Lakes Court
Fairfax, VA 22033
(703) 803-1500
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrants Principal Executive Offices)
Dr. Ernst Volgenau
President and Chief Executive Officer
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC.
4350 Fair Lakes Court
Fairfax, VA 22033
(703) 803-1500
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Brent B. Siler, Esq. HALE AND DORR LLP 11951 Freedom Drive Reston, Virginia 20190 Telephone: (703) 654-7000 Telecopy: (703) 654-7100 |
Stuart A. Barr, Esq. HOGAN & HARTSON L.L.P. 555 Thirteenth Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20004 Telephone: (202) 637-5600 Telecopy: (202) 637-5910 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. ¨
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 5, 2003
PROSPECTUS
2,750,000 Shares
Class A Common Stock
$ per share
We are selling 2,493,000 shares of our class A common stock and the selling stockholders named in this prospectus are selling 257,000 shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders. We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 412,500 additional shares of class A common stock to cover over-allotments.
Our class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SRX. The last reported sale price of our class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 4, 2003 was $29.50 per share.
Investing in our class A common stock involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 8.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per Share |
Total | |||||
Public Offering Price |
$ |
|
$ |
| ||
Underwriting Discount |
$ |
|
$ |
| ||
Proceeds to SRA (before expenses) |
$ |
|
$ |
| ||
Proceeds to the selling stockholders (before expenses) |
$ |
|
$ |
|
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about , 2003.
Citigroup
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Legg Mason Wood Walker
Incorporated
Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc.
BB&T Capital Markets
RBC Capital Markets
, 2003
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus. In this prospectus, the company, SRA, we, us and our refer to SRA International, Inc.
Page | ||
2 | ||
8 | ||
22 | ||
23 | ||
23 | ||
23 | ||
24 | ||
25 | ||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
26 | |
47 | ||
66 | ||
73 | ||
76 | ||
78 | ||
82 | ||
84 | ||
84 | ||
84 | ||
F-1 |
1
This is only a summary and it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, especially Risk Factors and our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in shares of our class A common stock. Our fiscal year ends on June 30. All references to a particular fiscal year mean the fiscal year ended June 30 of the respective calendar year.
SRA International, Inc.
We are a leading provider of information technology services and solutions to U.S. federal government organizations in three principal markets: national security, health care and public health, and civil government. Our largest market, national security, includes the Department of Defense, the National Guard, the intelligence agencies, and other federal organizations with homeland security missions. We offer a broad range of services that spans the information technology life-cycle: strategic consulting; systems design, development, and integration; and outsourcing and operations management. In addition, to address recurring client needs, we have developed seven business solutions: text and data mining; contingency and disaster response planning; information assurance and critical infrastructure protection; enterprise systems management; enterprise architecture; network operations and management; and environmental strategies and technology. We combine a comprehensive knowledge of our clients business processes with the practical application of advanced information technology tools, techniques, and methods to create value-added business solutions for our clients.
We have provided information technology services and solutions to federal government clients for nearly 25 years and have longstanding relationships with many of them. We have served clients within the Departments of the Army, Navy, and Air Force, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Department of the Treasury, and the Federal Emergency Management Agency for over 20 years. We currently serve over 300 government clients on over 700 active engagements, including clients in 13 of the 15 departments of the executive branch, all branches of the military services, and the judicial and legislative branches of the federal government. Our business is diversified, with no single engagement accounting for more than 5% of our revenue during any of the last three fiscal years or the nine months ended March 31, 2003. For each of the last three fiscal years and the nine months ended March 31, 2003, we have been the prime contractor on engagements representing over 94% of our revenue.
From fiscal 1998 to fiscal 2002, we increased our revenue at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 13%. Our revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2003 was $323.3 million, an increase of 24% compared to revenue of $259.8 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. For the nine months ended March 31, 2003, our national security business accounted for approximately 55% of our revenue; our health care and public health business accounted for approximately 17%; our civil government business accounted for approximately 26%; and commercial clients accounted for approximately 2%. As of March 31, 2003, our backlog was approximately $1.5 billion, of which $260.5 million was funded. As of June 30, 2002, our backlog was approximately $1.0 billion, of which $158.7 million was funded. We currently expect to recognize revenue during the last quarter of fiscal 2003 from approximately 7% of our total backlog as of March 31, 2003. Our backlog includes orders under contracts that in some cases extend for several years, with the latest expiring at the end of calendar year 2011. In January 2002, we acquired The Marasco Newton Group, Ltd., or MNG, our first government services acquisition. In January 2003, we acquired Adroit Systems, Inc., or Adroit, to expand our command and control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance, or C4ISR, market presence.
We believe our success is grounded on the core values that we have stressed since our inception: an ethic of honesty and service; quality work and client satisfaction; and caring about our people. We strive to uphold these
2
values in every action we take and regularly reinforce them in our recruiting process, training programs, proposals, company meetings, and internal communications. We have been chosen by Fortune magazine as one of the 100 Best Companies to Work For in America for each of the last four years, which we believe reflects the pride our employees take in the culture fostered by our core values. We are committed to maintaining our core values as a cornerstone of our business.
Market Opportunity
The federal government is the largest consumer of information technology services and solutions in the United States. According to INPUT, an independent federal government market research firm, the federal information technology market is expected to grow at an annual rate of 8.5% from $45.4 billion in federal fiscal year 2003 to $68.2 billion in federal fiscal year 2008. We believe that this growth will be driven by planned increases in national defense and homeland security programs, increased reliance on information technology outsourcing, a demand for greater government efficiency and effectiveness, and the continuing impact of federal procurement reform. We believe that for information technology providers to win contract awards from the federal government they must possess strong and stable management, highly skilled personnel, demonstrated technical expertise, a deep knowledge of the governments business processes, a strong record of past performance, and key positioning on many of the increasingly popular multiple-award contract vehicles. These include General Services Administration, or GSA, schedule contracts, government-wide acquisition contracts, or GWACs, and agency-specific indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts.
Our Approach
We are a high-end information technology services and solutions provider focused on delivering results that create tangible value for our clients. We employ interdisciplinary teams to staff each of our engagements, which enables us to deliver services and solutions that combine comprehensive knowledge of our clients business processes with the necessary technical expertise. We attribute our success to five core strengths:
| Strong, stable management and highly skilled personnel. Our executive team includes the core group of senior executives that has built the company over the past two decades. Our 60 officers have an average tenure with our company of approximately 13 years, including any prior service with MNG or Adroit. Our corporate culture fosters teamwork and excellence and has contributed to our being named in 2003 by Fortune magazine as one of the 100 Best Companies to Work For in America for the fourth consecutive year. This distinction has helped us recruit and retain highly skilled personnel. Our professional staff is highly educated, with approximately one-third holding advanced degrees. As of March 31, 2003, we had over 2,500 employees, approximately 50% of whom have federal government security clearances. |
| Knowledge of government clients business processes. We have served many of our clients for over 20 years. As a result of these longstanding relationships, we have developed a deep knowledge of our clients business processes, which enables us to design solutions that address their strategic goals and integrate with their existing systems. We have also recruited strategic hires with significant government or technical experience who have added to our knowledge of our clients business processes and who have extended our expertise into new areas. |
| Technical expertise. We invest in research and development in areas such as text mining, data mining, information assurance, and other emerging technologies in order to offer clients the most advanced technological solutions. Our company, including all of our business units, has received a capability maturity model, or CMM, level 3 rating under the standards established by the Software Engineering Institute. This rating reflects that we have mature, repeatable processes throughout the entire company that we believe help to reduce risk, improve technical delivery, contain costs, and meet demanding schedules. |
3
| Proven record of past performance. We have provided information technology services and solutions to the federal government for nearly 25 years and we are frequently recognized as a top performer by both client evaluations and industry publications. For competitively awarded engagements on which we were the incumbent, we have a renewal rate of at least 95% over the last three fiscal years and the nine months ended March 31, 2003. |
| Key positioning as a prime contractor. We are currently a prime contractor on four of the federal governments five largest information technology services GWACs, including one GWAC that will become an agency-specific indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contract. We hold five GSA schedule contracts, and we are a prime contractor on more than 20 agency-specific indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts. This broad contract portfolio gives us extensive reach as a preferred provider and enables us to deliver the full range of our services and solutions to any organization in the federal government. Serving as a prime contractor positions us to achieve better client relationships, to exert more control and influence over quality results, to have clearer visibility into future opportunities, and to earn enhanced profit margins. We have been the prime contractor on engagements representing over 94% of our total revenue for each of the last three fiscal years and the nine months ended March 31, 2003. |
Growth Strategy
Our objective is to continue to profitably grow our business as a leading provider of information technology services and solutions to a wide variety of federal government organizations. Our growth strategy includes the following:
| Leverage our longstanding client relationships to cross-sell our full range of services. We are adept at penetrating, cross-selling to, and building out existing client accounts through our successful performance and comprehensive knowledge of our clients business processes. This approach has led to many long-term contract relationships. |
| Increase our client base. We intend to continue to leverage our experience and broad contract portfolio to expand our client base in other high-growth areas of the federal information technology services market. This may include organizations in the federal government for which we have not historically worked. |
| Focus our applied research and development investments to enhance our core business. We intend to continue to invest in applied research and development initiatives to enhance the competitive position of our core business. |
| Pursue strategic acquisitions. We plan to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions to complement internal growth and to position ourselves to capitalize on anticipated high growth areas. Our acquisition strategy is focused on firms that will enable us to cost-effectively add new clients, specific agency knowledge, or technical expertise. We intend to continue to selectively acquire high quality companies that accelerate our access to existing or new markets that we believe have strong growth dynamics, such as our recent acquisition of Adroit Systems, Inc. |
ELITE® is a registered trademark of SRA. SRA International, Inc.® is a registered trademark and servicemark of SRA. Mantas is a trademark of Mantas, Inc. Other trademarks or service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.
Our principal executive offices are located at 4350 Fair Lakes Court, Fairfax, Virginia 22033 and our telephone number is (703) 803-1500. We were incorporated as Systems Research and Applications Corporation in Virginia in 1976 and began operations in 1978. We reincorporated in Delaware as SRA International, Inc. in 1984. We generally contract with the federal government through our wholly owned subsidiary, Systems Research and Applications Corporation, but we do business as SRA International, Inc. Our Web address is www.sra.com. We do not intend the information on our website to constitute part of this prospectus.
4
The Offering
Class A common stock offered: |
||
SRA |
2,493,000 shares | |
Selling stockholders |
257,000 shares | |
Total |
2,750,000 shares | |
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering: |
||
Class A common stock |
15,908,209 shares | |
Class B common stock |
8,511,577 shares | |
Total |
24,419,786 shares | |
Use of proceeds |
For general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. See Use of Proceeds. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. | |
New York Stock Exchange symbol |
SRX |
The number of shares to be outstanding after the offering is based on the number of shares outstanding on May 31, 2003, and gives effect to our sale of 2,493,000 shares of our class A common stock in this offering and the exercise of options by some of the selling stockholders to purchase an aggregate of 65,000 shares of our class A common stock, which they will sell in this offering. The number of shares to be outstanding after this offering excludes the remaining 4,761,493 shares of class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options, with a weighted average exercise price of $10.20 per share, outstanding on May 31, 2003, and an additional 2,486,326 shares reserved for issuance in the future under our stock plans.
Holders of class A common stock and class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share.
Immediately following the closing of this offering, Ernst Volgenau, our president and chief executive officer, will beneficially own shares of class A and class B common stock representing 66.8% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, Dr. Volgenau will be able to control the outcome of all matters that our stockholders vote upon, including the election of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation, and mergers or other business combinations.
Except where otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering to cover over-allotments, if any.
5
Summary Financial Data
The following summarizes our historical consolidated financial information. We derived the historical financial information for each of the four fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 2002 and the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003 from our audited consolidated financial statements. We derived the historical financial information for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited financial information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements, and includes all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations as of and for the periods.
We have presented the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2003:
| on an actual basis; and |
| on an as adjusted basis to reflect: |
| the exercise of options by some of the selling stockholders to purchase an aggregate of 65,000 shares of our class A common stock, which they will sell in this offering, and our receipt of $38,100 in aggregate proceeds from that exercise; and |
| the sale of the shares of class A common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $29.50 per share, the last reported sale price of our class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 4, 2003, and our receipt of the net proceeds, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses that we expect to pay in connection with this offering. |
This information should be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
6
Year ended June 30, |
Nine months ended March 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1998 |
1999 |
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 | |||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except share and per share data) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
222,695 |
|
$ |
291,856 |
|
$ |
312,035 |
|
$ |
312,548 |
|
$ |
361,197 |
|
$ |
259,755 |
|
$ |
323,254 | |||||||
Operating costs and expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services |
|
156,204 |
|
|
199,732 |
|
|
213,549 |
|
|
221,835 |
|
|
258,863 |
|
|
187,799 |
|
|
227,799 | |||||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
50,136 |
|
|
70,567 |
|
|
77,200 |
|
|
84,985 |
|
|
76,143 |
|
|
55,628 |
|
|
60,540 | |||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
4,664 |
|
|
5,720 |
|
|
7,258 |
|
|
8,045 |
|
|
7,684 |
|
|
5,534 |
|
|
6,420 | |||||||
Reimbursement of expenses upon formation of Mantas, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,485 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
211,004 |
|
|
276,019 |
|
|
298,007 |
|
|
308,380 |
|
|
342,690 |
|
|
248,961 |
|
|
294,759 | |||||||
Operating income |
|
11,691 |
|
|
15,837 |
|
|
14,028 |
|
|
4,168 |
|
|
18,507 |
|
|
10,794 |
|
|
28,495 | |||||||
Interest (expense) income, net |
|
(939 |
) |
|
(1,068 |
) |
|
(529 |
) |
|
(797 |
) |
|
(101 |
) |
|
(128 |
) |
|
1,095 | |||||||
Gain (loss) on equity method investment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(900 |
) |
|
11,776 |
|
|
373 |
|
|
373 |
|
|
1,031 | |||||||
Gain on sale of Assentor practice |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,685 | |||||||
Other (expense) income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(209 |
) |
|
(2,391 |
) |
|
1,775 |
|
|
1,775 |
|
|
| |||||||
Income before taxes |
|
10,752 |
|
|
14,769 |
|
|
12,390 |
|
|
12,756 |
|
|
20,554 |
|
|
12,814 |
|
|
35,306 | |||||||
Provision for income taxes |
|
4,397 |
|
|
6,129 |
|
|
5,092 |
|
|
5,383 |
|
|
9,277 |
|
|
5,920 |
|
|
14,124 | |||||||
Net income |
$ |
6,355 |
|
$ |
8,640 |
|
$ |
7,298 |
|
$ |
7,373 |
|
$ |
11,277 |
|
$ |
6,894 |
|
$ |
21,182 | |||||||
Earnings per share: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ |
0.46 |
|
$ |
0.62 |
|
$ |
0.53 |
|
$ |
0.54 |
|
$ |
0.77 |
|
$ |
0.50 |
|
$ |
1.00 | |||||||
Diluted |
$ |
0.38 |
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
$ |
0.44 |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
$ |
0.66 |
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
$ |
0.90 | |||||||
Weighted-average shares: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
|
13,939,503 |
|
|
13,852,600 |
|
|
13,787,806 |
|
|
13,563,723 |
|
|
14,630,512 |
|
|
13,827,305 |
|
|
21,103,022 | |||||||
Diluted |
|
16,788,788 |
|
|
16,953,438 |
|
|
16,674,610 |
|
|
16,401,370 |
|
|
17,030,717 |
|
|
16,173,316 |
|
|
23,569,864 | |||||||
March 31, 2003 | ||||||
Actual |
As Adjusted | |||||
(in thousands) | ||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
79,600 |
$ |
148,634 | ||
Short-term investments |
|
1,457 |
|
1,457 | ||
Working capital |
|
129,991 |
|
199,025 | ||
Total assets |
|
270,356 |
|
339,390 | ||
Long-term debt, net of current portion |
|
|
|
| ||
Total stockholders equity |
|
193,439 |
|
262,473 |
7
You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. Investing in our class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. Any of the following factors could harm our business and future results of operations and could result in a partial or complete loss of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business
We depend on contracts with U.S. federal government agencies, particularly clients within the Department of Defense and the National Guard, for substantially all of our revenue, and if our relationships with these agencies were harmed, our business would be threatened.
Revenue from contracts with U.S. federal government agencies accounted for 88%, 93%, and 96% of our revenue for fiscal 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and 98% of our revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2003. Revenue from contracts with clients in the Department of Defense and the National Guard accounted for 43%, 47%, 53%, and 56% of our revenue for the same periods, respectively. We believe that federal government contracts will continue to be the source of substantially all of our revenue for the foreseeable future. For this reason, any issue that compromises our relationship with agencies of the federal government in general, or within the Department of Defense and the National Guard in particular, would cause serious harm to our business. Among the key factors in maintaining our relationships with federal government agencies and departments are our performance on individual contracts and delivery orders, the strength of our professional reputation, and the relationships of our key executives with client personnel. To the extent that our performance does not meet client expectations, or our reputation or relationships with one or more key clients are impaired, our revenue and operating results could be materially harmed.
Loss of our General Services Administration, or GSA, schedule contracts or our position as a prime contractor on one or more of our government-wide acquisition contracts, or GWACs, or our other multiple-award contracts would impair our ability to win new business.
We believe that one of the key elements of our success is our position as the holder of five GSA schedule contracts and as a prime contractor under four GWACs and more than 20 indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, and the nine months ended March 31, 2003, revenue from GSA schedule contracts, GWACs, and other indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts accounted for approximately 84%, 87%, 91%, and 88%, respectively, of our revenue from federal government clients. As these types of contracts have increased in importance in the last several years, we believe our position as a prime contractor on these contracts has become increasingly important to our ability to sell our services to federal government clients. If we were to lose our position on one or more of these contracts, we could lose revenue and our operating results could suffer.
The Department of Transportation has announced that one of the GWACs on which we serve as a prime contractor, ITOP II, will be transitioned to an agency-specific indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contract. We expect that future federal business will migrate to other multiple-award contract vehicles. If this business migrates to contract vehicles on which we are not a prime contractor, our ability to compete for this business may be harmed.
Orders under GSA schedule contracts, GWACs, and other indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts typically have a one- or two-year initial term with multiple options that may be exercised by our government clients to extend the contract for one or more years. We cannot assure you that our clients will exercise these options.
We may not receive the full amount of our backlog, which could harm our business.
Our backlog was approximately $1.5 billion as of March 31, 2003, of which $260.5 million was funded. We currently expect to recognize revenue during the last quarter of fiscal 2003 from approximately 7% of our total
8
backlog as of March 31, 2003. Our backlog includes orders under contracts that in some cases extend for several years, with the latest expiring at the end of calendar year 2011. We define backlog to include both funded and unfunded orders for services under existing signed contracts, assuming the exercise of all priced options relating to those contracts. Congress often appropriates funds for our clients on a yearly basis, even though their contract with us may call for performance that is expected to take a number of years. As a result, contracts typically are only partially funded at any point during their term and all or some of the work to be performed under the contracts may remain unfunded unless and until Congress makes subsequent appropriations and the procuring agency allocates funding to the contract. We define funded backlog to be the portion of backlog for which funding currently is appropriated and obligated to us under a contract or other authorization for payment signed by an authorized purchasing authority, less the amount of revenue we have previously recognized under the contract. We define unfunded backlog as the total value of signed contracts, less funding to date. Unfunded backlog includes all contract options that have been priced but not yet funded. Our estimate of the portion of the backlog as of March 31, 2003 from which we expect to recognize revenue in the last quarter of fiscal 2003 is likely to be inaccurate because the receipt and timing of any revenue is subject to various contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, we may never realize revenue from some of the engagements that are included in our backlog, and there is a higher degree of risk in this regard with respect to unfunded backlog. The actual accrual of revenue on engagements included in backlog may never occur or may change because a program schedule could change or the program could be cancelled, or a contract could be reduced, modified, or terminated early. If we fail to realize revenue from engagements included in our backlog as of March 31, 2003, our revenue and operating results for our 2003 fiscal year as well as future reporting periods may be materially harmed.
The loss of a key executive could impair our relationships with government clients and disrupt the management of our business.
We believe that our success depends on the continued contributions of the members of our senior management. We rely on our senior management to generate business and execute programs successfully. In addition, the relationships and reputation that many members of our senior management team have established and maintain with government personnel contribute to our ability to maintain good client relations and to identify new business opportunities. We do not have any employment agreements providing for a specific term of employment with any member of our senior management. The loss of any member of our senior management could impair our ability to identify and secure new contracts, to maintain good client relations, and otherwise to manage our business.
If we fail to attract and retain skilled employees, we might not be able to staff recently awarded engagements and to sustain our profit margins and revenue growth.
We must continue to hire significant numbers of highly qualified individuals in the remainder of fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004 who have advanced information technology and technical services skills and who work well with our clients in a government or defense-related environment. These employees are in great demand and are likely to remain a limited resource for the foreseeable future. If we are unable to recruit and retain a sufficient number of these employees, our ability to staff recently awarded engagements and to maintain and grow our business could be limited. If we encounter a tight labor market, as we did in the first half of fiscal 2001, we could be required to engage larger numbers of subcontractor personnel, which could cause our profit margins to suffer. In addition, some of our contracts contain provisions requiring us to commit to staff an engagement with personnel the client considers key to our successful performance under the contract. In the event we are unable to provide these key personnel or acceptable substitutions, the client may terminate the contract, and we may not be able to recover our costs.
If subcontractors on our prime contracts are able to secure positions as prime contractors, we may lose revenue.
For each of the past several years, as the GSA schedule contracts and GWACs have increasingly been used as contract vehicles, we have received substantial revenue from government clients relating to work performed
9
by other information technology providers acting as subcontractors to us. In some cases, companies that have not held GSA schedule contracts or secured positions as prime contractors on GWACs have approached us in our capacity as a prime contractor, seeking to perform services as our subcontractor for a government client. Some of these providers that are currently acting as subcontractors to us may in the future secure positions as prime contractors upon renewal of a GSA schedule contract or a GWAC. If one or more of our current subcontractors are awarded prime contractor status in the future, it could reduce or eliminate our revenue for the work they were performing as subcontractors to us. Revenue derived from work performed by our subcontractors represented approximately 35% of our revenue for each of the last three fiscal years and 31% for the nine months ended March 31, 2003.
We may not be successful in identifying acquisition candidates; and if we undertake acquisitions, they could be expensive, increase our costs or liabilities, and disrupt our business.
One of our strategies is to pursue growth through acquisitions. We have limited acquisition experience to date. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates at prices that we consider appropriate or to finance acquisitions on terms that are satisfactory to us. If we do identify an appropriate acquisition candidate, we may not be able to successfully negotiate the terms of the acquisition, finance the acquisition or, if the acquisition occurs, integrate the acquired business into our existing business. Negotiations of potential acquisitions and the integration of acquired business operations could disrupt our business by diverting management attention away from day-to-day operations. Acquisitions of businesses or other material operations may require additional debt or equity financing, resulting in additional leverage or dilution of ownership. The difficulties of integration may be increased by the necessity of coordinating geographically dispersed organizations, integrating personnel with disparate business backgrounds, and combining different corporate cultures. We also may not realize cost efficiencies or synergies that we anticipated when selecting our acquisition candidates. In addition, we may need to record write-downs from future impairments of identified intangible assets and goodwill, which could reduce our future reported earnings. Acquisition candidates may have liabilities or adverse operating issues that we fail to discover through due diligence prior to the acquisition. Any costs, liabilities, or disruptions associated with any future acquisitions we may pursue could harm our operating results.
If we are unable to integrate companies we acquire into our business successfully or to achieve the expected benefits of these acquisitions, our revenue and operating results may be impaired.
In January 2003, we acquired Adroit Systems, Inc., or Adroit. If we are unable to successfully integrate Adroit, or other companies we have acquired or may acquire in the future, our revenue and operating results could suffer. In addition, we may not be successful in achieving the anticipated synergies from these acquisitions, including our strategy of offering our services to existing clients of acquired companies to increase our revenue. In addition, we may experience increased attrition, including but not limited to key employees of acquired companies, during and following the integration of acquired companies that could reduce our future revenue.
We face intense competition from many competitors that have greater resources than we do, which could result in price reductions, reduced profitability, and loss of market share.
We operate in highly competitive markets and generally encounter intense competition to win contracts. If we are unable to successfully compete for new business, our revenue growth and operating margins may decline. Many of our competitors are larger and have greater financial, technical, marketing, and public relations resources, larger client bases, and greater brand or name recognition than we do. Larger competitors include federal systems integrators such as Computer Sciences Corporation and Science Applications International Corporation, divisions of large defense contractors such as Lockheed Martin Corporation and Northrop Grumman Corporation, and consulting firms such as Accenture Ltd. and BearingPoint, Inc. Our larger competitors may be able to compete more effectively for very large-scale government contracts. Our larger competitors also may be able to provide clients with different or greater capabilities or benefits than we can provide in areas such as technical qualifications, past performance on large-scale contracts, geographic presence,
10
price, and the availability of key professional personnel. Our competitors also have established or may establish relationships among themselves or with third parties, including through mergers and acquisitions, to increase their ability to address client needs. Accordingly, it is possible that new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge.
We derive significant revenue from contracts awarded through a competitive bidding process, which can impose substantial costs upon us, and we will lose revenue if we fail to compete effectively.
We derive significant revenue from federal government contracts that are awarded through a competitive bidding process. We expect that most of the government business we seek in the foreseeable future will be awarded through competitive bidding. Competitive bidding imposes substantial costs and presents a number of risks, including:
| the need to bid on engagements in advance of the completion of their design, which may result in unforeseen difficulties in executing the engagement and cost overruns; |
| the substantial cost and managerial time and effort that we spend to prepare bids and proposals for contracts that may not be awarded to us; |
| the need to accurately estimate the resources and costs that will be required to service any contract we are awarded; |
| the expense and delay that may arise if our competitors protest or challenge contract awards made to us pursuant to competitive bidding, and the risk that any such protest or challenge could result in the resubmission of bids on modified specifications, or in termination, reduction, or modification of the awarded contract; and |
| the opportunity cost of not bidding on and winning other contracts we might otherwise pursue. |
To the extent we engage in competitive bidding and are unable to win particular contracts, we not only incur substantial costs in the bidding process that would negatively affect our operating results, but we may be precluded from operating in the market for services that are provided under those contracts for a number of years. Even if we win a particular contract through competitive bidding, our profit margins may be depressed as a result of the costs incurred through the bidding process.
We may lose money on some contracts if we underestimate the resources we need to perform under the contract.
We provide services to the federal government under three types of contracts: cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, and fixed-price. For the nine months ended March 31, 2003, we derived 42%, 38%, and 20% of our revenue from cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, and fixed-price contracts, respectively. For fiscal 2002, we derived 52%, 31%, and 17% of our revenue from cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, and fixed-price contracts, respectively. For fiscal 2001, the corresponding percentages were 62%, 23%, and 15%, respectively. For fiscal 2000, the corresponding percentages were 54%, 29%, and 17%, respectively. Each of these types of contracts, to differing degrees, involves the risk that we could underestimate our cost of fulfilling the contract, which may reduce the profit we earn or lead to a financial loss on the contract.
| Under cost-plus-fee contracts, which are subject to a ceiling amount, we are reimbursed for allowable costs and paid a fee, which may be fixed or performance-based. However, if our costs exceed the ceiling or are not allowable under the terms of the contract or applicable regulations, we may not be able to recover those costs. |
| Under time-and-materials contracts, we are reimbursed for labor at negotiated hourly billing rates and for certain expenses, and we assume the risk that our costs of performance may exceed the negotiated hourly rates. |
| Under fixed-price contracts, we perform specific tasks for a fixed price. Compared to cost-plus-fee contracts and time-and-materials contracts, fixed-price contracts involve greater financial risk because we bear the impact of cost overruns. |
11
For all three contract types, we bear varying degrees of risk associated with the assumptions we use to formulate our pricing for the work. To the extent our working assumptions prove inaccurate, we may lose money on the contract, which would adversely affect our operating results.
Our operating margins and operating results may suffer if cost-plus-fee contracts increase in proportion to our total contract mix.
In general, cost-plus-fee contracts are the least profitable of our contract types. Our government clients typically determine what type of contract will be awarded to us. Cost-plus-fee contracts accounted for 54%, 62%, 52%, and 42% of our revenue for fiscal 2000, fiscal 2001, fiscal 2002, and the nine months ended March 31, 2003, respectively. To the extent that we enter into more or larger cost-plus-fee contracts in proportion to our total contract mix in the future, our operating margins and operating results may suffer. Although we have recently been awarded some large cost-plus-fee contracts, we are unable to predict the timing of any impact on our total contract mix or whether this will cause our operating margins to suffer in any future period.
If the volume of services we provide under fixed-price contracts decreases as a proportion of our total business, if we underestimate our costs of performing fixed-price contracts, or if profit rates on these contracts decline, our operating margins and operating results may suffer.
We have historically earned higher relative profits on our fixed-price contracts. Fixed-price contracts accounted for 17%, 15%, 17%, and 20% of our revenue for fiscal 2000, fiscal 2001, fiscal 2002, and the nine months ended March 31, 2003, respectively. If the volume of services we deliver under fixed-price contracts decreases, or shifts to other types of contracts, then our operating margins and operating results may suffer. Additionally, under fixed-price contracts we agree to perform specific work for a predetermined price. To the extent our actual costs exceed the estimates upon which the price was negotiated, we will generate less than the anticipated amount of profit or could incur a loss. Finally, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain our historic levels of profitability on fixed-price contracts in general.
If our subcontractors fail to perform their contractual obligations, our performance and reputation as a prime contractor and our ability to obtain future business could suffer.
As a prime contractor, we often rely significantly upon other companies as subcontractors to perform work we are obligated to deliver to our clients. Revenue derived from work performed by our subcontractors represented approximately 35% of our revenue for each of the last three fiscal years and 31% for the nine months ended March 31, 2003. A failure by one or more of our subcontractors to satisfactorily perform the agreed-upon services on a timely basis may compromise our ability to perform our obligations as a prime contractor. In some cases, we have limited involvement in the work performed by the subcontractor and may have exposure as a result of problems caused by the subcontractor. In extreme cases, performance deficiencies on the part of our subcontractors could result in a government client terminating our contract for default. A default termination could expose us to liability for the agencys costs of reprocurement, damage our reputation, and hurt our ability to compete for future contracts. Additionally, we may have disputes with our subcontractors that could impair our ability to execute our contracts as required.
Unfavorable government audit results could force us to adjust previously reported operating results and could subject us to a variety of penalties and sanctions.
The federal government audits and reviews our performance on contracts, pricing practices, cost structure, and compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and standards. Like most large government contractors, our contracts are audited and reviewed on a continual basis by federal agencies, including the Defense Contract Audit Agency. An audit of our work, including an audit of work performed by companies we have acquired or may acquire or subcontractors we have hired or may hire, could result in a substantial adjustment to our previously reported operating results. For example, any costs which were originally reimbursed could subsequently be disallowed. In this case, cash we have already collected may need to be refunded and operating margins may be reduced.
12
If a government audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment from doing business with U.S. federal government agencies. In addition, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation if allegations of impropriety were made against us, whether or not true. Although audits have been completed on our incurred contract costs through fiscal 2001, audits for costs incurred on work performed after fiscal 2001 have not yet been completed. In addition, non-audit reviews by the government may still be conducted on all our government contracts.
If we were suspended or debarred from contracting with the federal government generally, or any specific agency, if our reputation or relationship with government agencies were impaired, or if the government otherwise ceased doing business with us or significantly decreased the amount of business it does with us, our revenue and operating results would be materially harmed.
If we experience systems and service failure, our reputation could be harmed and our clients could assert claims against us for damages or refunds.
We create, implement, and maintain information technology solutions that are often critical to our clients operations. We have experienced and may in the future experience some systems and service failures, schedule or delivery delays, and other problems in connection with our work. If our solutions, services, products, or other applications have significant defects or errors, are subject to delivery delays, or fail to meet our clients expectations, we may:
| lose revenue due to adverse client reaction; |
| be required to provide additional services to a client at no charge; |
| receive negative publicity, which could damage our reputation and adversely affect our ability to attract or retain clients; or |
| suffer claims for substantial damages against us. |
In addition to any costs resulting from product or service warranties, contract performance, or required corrective action, these failures may result in increased costs or loss of revenue if clients postpone subsequently scheduled work or cancel or fail to renew contracts.
While many of our contracts limit our liability for consequential damages that may arise from negligence in rendering services to our clients, we cannot assure you that these contractual provisions will be legally sufficient to protect us if we are sued. In addition, our errors and omissions and product liability insurance coverage may not continue to be available on reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or the insurer may disclaim coverage as to some types of future claims. As we continue to grow and expand our business into new areas our insurance coverage may not be adequate. The successful assertion of any large claim against us could seriously harm our business. Even if not successful, these claims could result in significant legal and other costs, may be a distraction to our management, and may harm our reputation.
Our failure to obtain and maintain necessary security clearances may limit our ability to perform classified work for government clients, which could cause us to lose business.
Some government contracts require us to maintain facility security clearances and require some of our employees to maintain individual security clearances. If our employees lose or are unable to timely obtain security clearances, or we lose a facility clearance, the government client can terminate the contract or decide not to renew it upon its expiration. As a result, to the extent we cannot obtain the required security clearances for our employees working on a particular contract, or we fail to obtain them on a timely basis, we may not derive the revenue anticipated from the contract, which could harm our operating results.
13
Security breaches in sensitive government systems could result in loss of clients and negative publicity.
Many of the systems we develop, install, and maintain involve managing and protecting information involved in intelligence, national security, and other sensitive or classified government functions. A security breach in one of these systems could cause serious harm to our business, damage our reputation, and prevent us from being eligible for further work on sensitive or classified systems for federal government clients. We could incur losses from such a security breach that could exceed the policy limits under our errors and omissions and product liability insurance. Damage to our reputation or limitations on our eligibility for additional work resulting from a security breach in one of our systems could materially reduce our revenue.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly as a result of factors outside of our control, which could cause the market price of our class A common stock to decline.
Our revenue and operating results could vary significantly from quarter to quarter. In addition, we cannot predict our future revenue or results of operations. As a consequence, our operating results may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, which could cause the price of our class A common stock to decline. Factors that may affect our operating results include:
| fluctuations in revenue earned on contracts; |
| commencement, completion, or termination of contracts during any particular quarter; |
| variable purchasing patterns under GSA schedule contracts, GWACs, and agency-specific indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts; |
| additions and departures of key personnel; |
| strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments, or changes in business strategy; |
| contract mix and the extent of use of subcontractors; |
| changes in presidential administrations and senior federal government officials that affect the timing of technology procurement; |
| changes in policy or budgetary measures that adversely affect government contracts in general; and |
| the seasonality of our business, particularly in our first fiscal quarter that ends September 30. |
Reductions in revenue in a particular quarter could lead to lower profitability in that quarter because a relatively large amount of our expenses are fixed in the short-term. We may incur significant operating expenses during the start-up and early stages of large contracts and may not receive corresponding payments or revenue in that same quarter. We may also incur significant or unanticipated expenses when contracts expire or are terminated or are not renewed. In addition, payments due to us from government agencies may be delayed due to billing cycles or as a result of failures of governmental budgets to gain Congressional and administration approval in a timely manner.
We depend on our intellectual property and our failure to protect it could enable competitors to market products and services with similar features that may reduce demand for our products.
Our success depends in part upon the internally developed technology, proprietary processes, and other intellectual property that we utilize to provide our services and incorporate in our products. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our competitors could market services or products similar to our services and products, which could reduce demand for our offerings. Federal government clients typically retain a perpetual, world-wide, royalty-free right to use the intellectual property we develop for them in any manner they deem appropriate, including providing it to our competitors in connection with their performance of other federal government contracts. We typically seek governmental authorization to re-use intellectual property developed for the federal government or to secure export authorization. Federal government clients typically grant contractors
14
the right to commercialize software developed with federal funding. However, if we were to improperly use intellectual property even partially funded by the federal government, the federal government could seek damages or royalties from us, sanction us, or prevent us from working on future government contracts.
We may be unable to prevent unauthorized parties from attempting to copy or otherwise obtain and use our technology. Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult, and we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our intellectual property as fully as those in the United States. Others, including our employees, may compromise the trade secrets and other intellectual property that we own. Although we require our employees to execute non-disclosure and intellectual property assignment agreements and comply with related policies and procedures, these agreements may not be legally or practically sufficient to protect our rights. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, and to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, with no assurance of success.
We may be harmed by intellectual property infringement claims.
We may become subject to claims from our employees or third parties who assert that software and other forms of intellectual property that we use in delivering services and business solutions to our clients infringe upon intellectual property rights of such employees or third parties. Our employees develop much of the software and other forms of intellectual property that we use to provide our services and business solutions to our clients, but we also license technology from other vendors. If our vendors, our employees, or third parties assert claims that we or our clients are infringing on their intellectual property, we could incur substantial costs to defend those claims. In addition, if any of these infringement claims are ultimately successful, we could be required to:
| cease selling or using products or services that incorporate the challenged software or technology; |
| obtain a license or additional licenses from our vendors or other third parties; or |
| redesign our products and services that rely on the challenged software or technology. |
Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, which could harm our business.
We are exposed to the risk that employee fraud or other misconduct could occur. Misconduct by employees could include intentional failures to comply with federal government procurement regulations, engaging in unauthorized activities, or falsifying time records. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of our clients sensitive or classified information, which could result in regulatory sanctions against us and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, which could harm our business.
Activation of military and National Guard reserves could significantly reduce our revenue and profits.
Activation of military reserves, in connection with international conflicts or otherwise, could result in some clients and client contracting staff being activated into the military services. This could delay contract awards that might be in the evaluation or award process, which could in turn reduce our revenue until such time as our clients are able to complete the evaluation and award process, or could even result in the loss of the potential contract award.
In addition, as of March 31, 2003, we had approximately 50 employees who serve as reserves for a branch of the military or the National Guard. In the event of a significant call-up we will pay these employees the differential between their military pay and their salary for up to six months. Our standard practice in the absence of a significant call-up is to provide for up to two weeks of differential pay for military leave. To the extent those called for military duty are directly billable on our contracts, our revenue could be reduced. Additionally, our fringe benefit expenses would be increased by any differential payments, which could reduce our profits.
15
Risks Related to Our Industry
A reduction in the U.S. defense budget could result in a substantial decrease in our revenue.
Revenue from contracts with clients in the Department of Defense and the National Guard accounted for 43%, 47%, and 53% of our revenue for fiscal 2000, fiscal 2001, and fiscal 2002, respectively, and 56% of our revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2003. A decline in overall U.S. military expenditures could cause a decrease in our revenue and profitability. The reduction in the U.S. defense budget during the early 1990s caused some defense-related government contractors to experience decreased sales, reduced operating margins and, in some cases, net losses. Defense spending levels may not continue at present levels, and future levels of expenditures and authorizations for existing programs may decline, remain constant, or shift to agencies or programs in areas where we do not currently have contracts. A significant decline in defense expenditures, or a shift in expenditures away from agencies or programs that we support, could cause a material decline in our revenue.
A reduction in U.S. civil government agency budgets, including a reduction caused by the diversion of funding to support the war against terrorism or the reconstruction of Iraq, could result in a substantial decrease in our revenue.
Revenue from contracts with civil agency clients accounted for 45%, 46%, and 43% of our revenue for fiscal 2000, fiscal 2001, and fiscal 2002, respectively, and 42% of our revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2003. We expect civil agency clients will continue to represent a substantial portion of our future revenue. A decline in expenditures by civil agencies could cause a material decrease in our revenue and profitability. A shift of funds away from civil agencies to pay for programs within other agencies, for example the Department of Defense or the Department of Homeland Security, to reduce federal budget deficits, or to fund tax reductions, could cause a material decline in our revenue. In particular, it is possible that funding for civil agencies may be diverted to support the ongoing war against terrorism, the reconstruction of Iraq, or other international conflicts.
Changes in the spending policies or budget priorities of the federal government could cause us to lose revenue.
We derived 88%, 93%, and 96% of our revenue for fiscal 2000, fiscal 2001, and fiscal 2002, respectively, and 98% of our revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from contracts with federal government agencies. We believe that contracts with federal government agencies and departments will continue to be the primary source of our revenue for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, changes in federal government fiscal or spending policies could directly affect our financial performance. Among the factors that could harm our federal government contracting business are:
| the curtailment of the federal governments use of technology services firms; |
| a significant decline in spending by the federal government in general, or by specific departments or agencies in particular; |
| a reduction in spending or shift of expenditures from existing programs to pay for an international conflict or related reconstruction efforts; |
| a failure of Congress to pass adequate supplemental appropriations to pay for an international conflict, or to pay for the cost of related reconstruction efforts; |
| reductions in federal government programs or requirements; |
| the adoption of new laws or regulations that affect companies that provide services to the federal government; |
| delays in the payment of our invoices by government payment offices; |
| federal governmental shutdowns, such as the shutdown that occurred during the governments 1996 fiscal year, and other potential delays in the government appropriations process, such as federal agencies having |
16
to operate under a continuing funding resolution because of delays in Congressional budget appropriations; and |
| general economic and political conditions. |
These or other factors could cause federal government agencies and departments to reduce their purchases under contracts, to exercise their right to terminate contracts, or not to exercise options to renew contracts, any of which could cause us to lose revenue. We have substantial contracts in place with many federal departments and agencies, and our continued performance under these contracts, or award of additional contracts from these agencies, could be materially harmed by federal government spending reductions or budget cutbacks at these departments or agencies.
The failure by Congress to timely approve budgets for the federal agencies we support could delay or reduce spending and cause us to lose revenue.
On an annual basis, Congress must approve budgets that govern spending by each of the federal agencies we support. When Congress is unable to agree on budget priorities, and thus is unable to pass the annual budget on a timely basis, then Congress typically enacts a continuing resolution. A continuing resolution allows government agencies to operate at spending levels approved in the previous budget cycle. When government agencies must operate on the basis of a continuing resolution it may delay funding we expect to receive from clients on work we are already performing and will likely result in any new initiatives being delayed, and in some cases being cancelled.
The adoption of new procurement laws or regulations could reduce the amount of services that are outsourced by the federal government and could cause us to lose revenue.
New legislation, procurement regulations, or union pressure could cause federal agencies to adopt restrictive procurement practices regarding the use of outside information technology providers. For example, the American Federation of Government Employees, the largest federal employee union, strongly endorses legislation that may restrict the procedure by which services are outsourced to government contractors. If such legislation were to be enacted, it would likely reduce the amount of information technology services that could be outsourced by the federal government, which could materially reduce our revenue.
The Office of Management and Budget process for ensuring government agencies properly support capital planning initiatives, including information technology investments, could reduce or delay federal information technology spending and cause us to lose revenue.
The Office of Management and Budget, or OMB, supervises spending by federal agencies, including enforcement of the Government Performance Results Act. This Act requires, among other things, that federal agencies make an adequate business justification to support capital planning initiatives, including all information technology investments. The factors considered by OMB include, among others, whether the proposed information technology investment is expected to achieve an appropriate return on investment, whether related processes are contemporaneously reviewed, whether inter-operability with existing systems and the capacity for these systems to share data across government has been considered, and whether existing off-the-shelf products are being utilized to the extent possible. If our clients do not adequately justify proposed information technology investments to the OMB, the OMB may refuse funding for their new or continuing information technology investments, and we may lose revenue as a result.
Federal government contracts contain provisions giving government clients a variety of rights that are unfavorable to us, including the ability to terminate a contract at any time for convenience.
Federal government contracts contain provisions and are subject to laws and regulations that provide government clients with rights and remedies not typically found in commercial contracts. These rights and remedies allow government clients, among other things, to:
| terminate existing contracts, with short notice, for convenience, as well as for default; |
17
| reduce or modify contracts or subcontracts; |
| terminate our facility security clearances and thereby prevent us from receiving classified contracts; |
| cancel multi-year contracts and related orders if funds for contract performance for any subsequent year become unavailable; |
| decline to exercise an option to renew a multi-year contract; |
| claim rights in products, systems, and technology produced by us; |
| prohibit future procurement awards with a particular agency due to a finding of organizational conflict of interest based upon prior related work performed for the agency that would give a contractor an unfair advantage over competing contractors; |
| subject the award of GSA schedule contracts, GWACs, and other indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts to protest by competitors, which may require the contracting federal agency or department to suspend our performance pending the outcome of the protest and may also result in a requirement to resubmit bids for the contract or in the termination, reduction, or modification of the awarded contract; and |
| suspend or debar us from doing business with the federal government or with a particular governmental agency. |
If a government client terminates one of our contracts for convenience, we may recover only our incurred or committed costs, settlement expenses, and profit on work completed prior to the termination. If a federal government client were to unexpectedly terminate, cancel, or decline to exercise an option to renew with respect to one or more of our significant contracts or suspend or debar us from doing business with government agencies, our revenue and operating results would be materially harmed.
Our failure to comply with complex procurement laws and regulations could cause us to lose business and subject us to a variety of penalties.
We must comply with laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration, and performance of federal government contracts, which affect how we do business with our government clients and may impose added costs on our business. Among the most significant regulations are:
| the Federal Acquisition Regulation, and agency regulations analogous or supplemental to the Federal Acquisition Regulation, which comprehensively regulate the formation, administration, and performance of government contracts; |
| the Truth in Negotiations Act, which requires certification and disclosure of all cost and pricing data in connection with some contract negotiations; |
| the Cost Accounting Standards, which impose accounting requirements that govern our right to reimbursement under some cost-based government contracts; and |
| laws, regulations, and executive orders restricting the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the exportation of specified products, technologies, and technical data. |
If a government review or investigation uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, harm to our reputation, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment from doing business with federal government agencies. The government may in the future reform its procurement practices or adopt new contracting rules and regulations, including cost accounting standards, that could be costly to satisfy or that could impair our ability to obtain new contracts. Any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in contract termination, price or fee reductions, or suspension or debarment from contracting with the federal government, each of which could lead to a material reduction in our revenue.
18
Risks Related to this Offering
A public market for our class A common stock has existed only for a limited period of time, and our stock price is volatile and could decline, resulting in a substantial loss on your investment.
Prior to May 24, 2002, there was no public market for any class of our common stock. An active trading market for our class A common stock may not be sustained, which could affect your ability to sell your shares and could depress the market price of your shares.
The stock market in general, and the market for technology-related stocks in particular, has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our class A common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our class A common stock may experience a decrease in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. The price of our class A common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those listed in this Risk Factors section and others such as:
| our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies or companies deemed to be similar; |
| actual or anticipated differences in our quarterly operating results; |
| changes in our revenue or earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; |
| publication of research reports about us or our industry by securities analysts; |
| additions and departures of key personnel; |
| contract mix and the extent of use of subcontractors; |
| strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, consolidations, divestments, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments, or changes in business strategy; |
| federal government spending levels, both generally and by our particular government clients; |
| the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments that adversely affect us or our industry; |
| the failure by Congress to approve timely budgets; |
| speculation in the press or investment community; |
| changes in the government information technology services industry; |
| changes in accounting principles; |
| terrorist acts; |
| general market conditions, including economic factors unrelated to our performance; and |
| military action related to international conflicts, wars, or otherwise. |
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our managements attention and resources.
Our chief executive officer, whose interests may not be aligned with yours, will continue to control our company, which could result in actions of which you or other stockholders do not approve.
Following this offering, based upon shares outstanding as of May 31, 2003, Ernst Volgenau, our chief executive officer, will beneficially own 621,543 shares of class A common stock and 6,708,270 shares of class B common stock, which will represent approximately 66.8% of the combined voting power of our outstanding
19
common stock. Following this offering, based upon shares outstanding as of May 31, 2003, our executive officers and directors as a group will beneficially own an aggregate of 4,859,534 shares of class A common stock and 8,511,577 shares of class B common stock, which will represent approximately 87.9% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these individuals acting together, or Dr. Volgenau acting alone, will be able to control the outcome of all matters that our stockholders vote upon, including the election of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation, and mergers or other business combinations. In addition, upon the death of Dr. Volgenau and the conversion of his class B common stock into class A common stock, William K. Brehm, the chairman of our board of directors, if he survives Dr. Volgenau, would beneficially own all of the outstanding class B common stock and could exercise control or significant influence over corporate matters requiring stockholder approval. This concentration of ownership and voting power may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company and could prevent stockholders from receiving a premium over the market price if a change in control is proposed.
A substantial number of shares will become eligible for sale in the near future, which could cause our class A common stock price to decline significantly.
If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our class A common stock in the public market, the market price of our class A common stock could decline significantly. These sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. In October 2003, 2,117,645 shares will become available for sale in the public market following the expiration of the lock-up between us and the entities affiliated with General Atlantic Partners, LLC. In January 2004, 160,905 shares purchased by certain executives of Adroit Systems, Inc., in connection with our January 2003 acquisition of Adroit, will become available for sale in the public market following the first anniversary of the share purchase date. As these restrictions on resale end, the market price of our class A common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. Also, as of May 31, 2003, options to purchase 2,675,384 shares of our class A common stock were exercisable, in addition to options to purchase 65,000 shares of class A common stock to be exercised by some of the selling stockholders in connection with the offering. Shares issued upon the exercise of any of these stock options would generally be available for sale in the public market.
Provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may inhibit potential acquisition bids that you and other stockholders may consider favorable, and the market price of our class A common stock may be lower as a result.
There are provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws that make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change in control was considered favorable by you and other stockholders. For example, our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The board of directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control transaction. As a result, the market price of our class A common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders may be adversely affected. This issuance of shares of preferred stock may result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders.
Our charter documents contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including:
| the high-vote nature of our class B common stock; |
| only one of the three classes of directors is elected each year; |
| stockholders have limited ability to remove directors without cause; |
| stockholders cannot take actions by written consent; |
| stockholders cannot call a special meeting of stockholders; and |
| stockholders must give advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings. |
20
In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our class A common stock. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management.
Because our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering, you may not agree with how we use them and the proceeds may not be invested successfully.
The net proceeds from this offering have not been allocated for a particular purpose, and our management will have broad discretion as to the use of the offering proceeds. While we currently anticipate that we will use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures related to the expansion of our operations, our management may allocate the net proceeds among these purposes as it determines is necessary. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire businesses, products, or technologies that are complementary to our business. In addition, market or other factors may require our management to allocate portions of the net proceeds for other purposes. Accordingly, you will be relying on the judgment of our management with regard to the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. It is possible that the proceeds will be invested in a way that does not yield a favorable, or any, return for our company.
21
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements under Summary, Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Business, and elsewhere in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as anticipate, believe, could, estimate, expect, intend, may, plan, potential, should, will, and would or similar words. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future expectations, contain projections of our future results of operations or of our financial position, or state other forward-looking information. We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to predict or control accurately. The factors listed above in the section captioned Risk Factors, as well as any cautionary language in this prospectus, provide examples of risks, uncertainties, and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our class A common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of the events described in these risk factors and elsewhere in this prospectus could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial position.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus.
22
We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of the 2,493,000 shares of class A common stock sold by us in this offering will be approximately $69.0 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming a public offering price of $29.50, the last reported sale price of our class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 4, 2003. We will receive approximately $38,100 in additional proceeds upon the exercise of stock options by some of the selling stockholders in connection with this offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of class A common stock sold by the selling stockholders.
We will use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire businesses, products, or technologies that are complementary to our business; although we currently have no specific acquisitions planned. Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing securities.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business. As a result, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, business prospects, and any other factors our board of directors deems relevant.
PRICE RANGE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
Our class A common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on May 24, 2002, under the symbol SRX. The following table sets forth for the indicated periods the high and low sale prices of our class A common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.
High |
Low | |||||
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2002: |
||||||
Fourth Quarter (beginning May 24, 2002) |
$ |
27.45 |
$ |
21.25 | ||
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2003: |
||||||
First Quarter |
|
30.66 |
|
22.34 | ||
Second Quarter |
|
29.09 |
|
22.66 | ||
Third Quarter |
|
29.80 |
|
21.09 | ||
Fourth Quarter (through June 4, 2003) |
|
29.90 |
|
22.13 |
On June 4, 2003, the last reported sale price of our class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $29.50. As of the close of business on May 31, 2003, we had 111 holders of record of our class A common stock and two holders of record of our class B common stock.
23
The following table presents our capitalization and other data as of March 31, 2003:
| on an actual basis; and |
| on an as adjusted basis to reflect: |
| the exercise of options by some of the selling stockholders to purchase an aggregate of 65,000 shares of our class A common stock, which they will sell in this offering, and our receipt of $38,100 in aggregate proceeds from that exercise; and |
| the sale of 2,493,000 shares of class A common stock offered by us in this offering and our receipt of $69.0 million in estimated net proceeds, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses that we expect to pay in connection with this offering. |
March 31, 2003 |
||||||||
Actual |
As Adjusted |
|||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
79,600 |
|
$ |
148,634 |
| ||
Short-term investments |
$ |
1,457 |
|
$ |
1,457 |
| ||
Short-term debt, including current portion of long-term debt |
$ |
800 |
|
$ |
800 |
| ||
Long-term debt, net of current portion |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
| ||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||
Preferred stock, undesignated, $0.20 par value per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding, actual or as adjusted |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Class A common stock, $0.004 par value per share; 180,000,000 shares authorized; 19,210,498 shares issued and 13,163,576 shares outstanding, actual; 21,678,498 shares issued and 15,721,576 shares outstanding, as adjusted |
|
80 |
|
|
90 |
| ||
Class B common stock, $0.004 par value per share; 55,000,000 shares authorized; 10,487,753 shares issued and 8,546,577 shares outstanding, actual and as adjusted |
|
40 |
|
|
40 |
| ||
Additional paid-in capital |
|
143,648 |
|
|
212,672 |
| ||
Treasury stock, at cost |
|
(46,929 |
) |
|
(46,929 |
) | ||
Deferred stock-based compensation |
|
(562 |
) |
|
(562 |
) | ||
Retained earnings |
|
97,162 |
|
|
97,162 |
| ||
Total stockholders equity |
|
193,439 |
|
|
262,473 |
| ||
Total capitalization |
$ |
193,439 |
|
$ |
262,473 |
| ||
You should read this table along with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
The actual outstanding share information excludes:
| 4,985,392 shares of class A common stock issuable on exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2003, at a weighted average exercise price of $9.95 per share; and |
| 2,484,696 shares of class A common stock reserved as of March 31, 2003 for future issuance under our stock option plans. |
After March 31, 2003 and through May 31, 2003, no options to purchase shares of class A common stock were issued, options to purchase 154,360 shares of class A common stock were exercised, options to purchase 4,539 shares of class A common stock were cancelled, and 2,727 shares of class A common stock were repurchased by us under our 401(k) plan.
24
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes, and with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003, are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, our audited financial statements that have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, and that are included in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999, and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 1999 and 2000, are derived from our audited financial statements that have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP and not included in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 1998, are derived from our unaudited financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth therein. The selected financial data reflect our adoption of the accrual method of accounting for income tax reporting in February 2002 and our acquisitions of The Marasco Newton Group, Ltd. in January 2002 and Adroit Systems, Inc. in January 2003. For more information on the change in accounting method for income tax reporting and these acquisitions, see notes 9 and 15 to our financial statements. Interim financial results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full fiscal year or any future reporting period.
Year ended June 30, |
Nine months ended March 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1998 |
1999 |
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 | |||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except share and per share data) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of Operations Data: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
222,695 |
|
$ |
291,856 |
|
$ |
312,035 |
|
$ |
312,548 |
|
$ |
361,197 |
|
$ |
259,755 |
|
$ |
323,254 | |||||||
Operating costs and expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services |
|
156,204 |
|
|
199,732 |
|
|
213,549 |
|
|
221,835 |
|
|
258,863 |
|
|
187,799 |
|
|
227,799 | |||||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
50,136 |
|
|
70,567 |
|
|
77,200 |
|
|
84,985 |
|
|
76,143 |
|
|
55,628 |
|
|
60,540 | |||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
4,664 |
|
|
5,720 |
|
|
7,258 |
|
|
8,045 |
|
|
7,684 |
|
|
5,534 |
|
|
6,420 | |||||||
Reimbursement of expenses upon formation of Mantas, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,485 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
211,004 |
|
|
276,019 |
|
|
298,007 |
|
|
308,380 |
|
|
342,690 |
|
|
248,961 |
|
|
294,759 | |||||||
Operating income |
|
11,691 |
|
|
15,837 |
|
|
14,028 |
|
|
4,168 |
|
|
18,507 |
|
|
10,794 |
|
|
28,495 | |||||||
Interest (expense) income, net |
|
(939 |
) |
|
(1,068 |
) |
|
(529 |
) |
|
(797 |
) |
|
(101 |
) |
|
(128 |
) |
|
1,095 | |||||||
Gain (loss) on equity method investment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(900 |
) |
|
11,776 |
|
|
373 |
|
|
373 |
|
|
1,031 | |||||||
Gain on sale of Assentor practice |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,685 | |||||||
Other (expense) income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(209 |
) |
|
(2,391 |
) |
|
1,775 |
|
|
1,775 |
|
|
| |||||||
Income before taxes |
|
10,752 |
|
|
14,769 |
|
|
12,390 |
|
|
12,756 |
|
|
20,554 |
|
|
12,814 |
|
|
35,306 | |||||||
Provision for income taxes |
|
4,397 |
|
|
6,129 |
|
|
5,092 |
|
|
5,383 |
|
|
9,277 |
|
|
5,920 |
|
|
14,124 | |||||||
Net income |
$ |
6,355 |
|
$ |
8,640 |
|
$ |
7,298 |
|
$ |
7,373 |
|
$ |
11,277 |
|
$ |
6,894 |
|
$ |
21,182 | |||||||
Earnings per share: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ |
0.46 |
|
$ |
0.62 |
|
$ |
0.53 |
|
$ |
0.54 |
|
$ |
0.77 |
|
$ |
0.50 |
|
$ |
1.00 | |||||||
Diluted |
$ |
0.38 |
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
$ |
0.44 |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
$ |
0.66 |
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
$ |
0.90 | |||||||
Weighted-average shares: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
|
13,939,503 |
|
|
13,852,600 |
|
|
13,787,806 |
|
|
13,563,723 |
|
|
14,630,512 |
|
|
13,827,305 |
|
|
21,103,022 | |||||||
Diluted |
|
16,788,788 |
|
|
16,953,438 |
|
|
16,674,610 |
|
|
16,401,370 |
|
|
17,030,717 |
|
|
16,173,316 |
|
|
23,569,864 | |||||||
June 30, |
March 31, 2003 | |||||||||||||||||
1998 |
1999 |
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
183 |
$ |
113 |
$ |
9 |
$ |
8 |
$ |
87,137 |
$ |
79,600 | ||||||
Short-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,457 | ||||||
Working capital |
|
30,082 |
|
35,599 |
|
29,348 |
|
21,749 |
|
131,569 |
|
129,991 | ||||||
Total assets |
|
102,452 |
|
129,830 |
|
125,425 |
|
127,458 |
|
226,293 |
|
270,356 | ||||||
Long-term debt, net of current portion |
|
12,774 |
|
15,594 |
|
9,136 |
|
2,000 |
|
400 |
|
| ||||||
Total stockholders equity |
|
29,656 |
|
37,180 |
|
42,062 |
|
43,112 |
|
159,444 |
|
193,439 |
25
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a leading provider of information technology services and solutions to federal government clients in three principal markets: national security, health care and public health, and civil government. Since our founding in 1978, we have derived substantially all of our revenue from services provided to federal government clients. We expect that federal government clients will continue to account for substantially all of our revenue for the foreseeable future. During each of our last three fiscal years and the nine months ended March 31, 2003, we recognized more than 94% of our revenue from contract engagements in which we acted as the prime contractor. Our contract base is diversified among federal government clients, and we currently serve over 300 clients on more than 700 active engagements. No single engagement accounted for more than 5% of our revenue during the last three fiscal years or the nine months ended March 31, 2003. The Internal Revenue Service, as a client group, accounted for approximately 12% of our revenue in fiscal 2000, 10% in fiscal 2002, and 11% for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. No other client or client group accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in these periods and no client or client group accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in any other period presented in this discussion and analysis.
Our backlog as of March 31, 2003 was approximately $1.5 billion, of which $260.5 million was funded. Our backlog as of June 30, 2002 was approximately $1.0 billion, of which $158.7 million was funded. We define our backlog to include both funded and unfunded orders for services under existing signed contracts, assuming the exercise of all priced options relating to those contracts. We currently expect to recognize revenue during the last quarter of fiscal 2003 from approximately 7% of our total backlog as of March 31, 2003. Our backlog includes orders under contracts that in some cases extend for several years, with the latest expiring at the end of calendar year 2011.
We have had three operating segments for financial reporting purposes. Our reportable segments include the consulting and systems integration business, or C&SI, the emerging technologies business, or ET, and the legal systems integration business, or LSI.
| The C&SI segment represents our core business and includes high-end consulting services and information technology solutions primarily for federal government clients. This segment focuses on our three principal markets: national security, health care and public health, and civil government. As of March 31, 2003, the C&SI segment represents all of our ongoing operations. |
| The ET segment historically performed advanced technology research and development, sought commercial applications for this technology, and managed our commercial software products and services offerings, including our Assentor practice. Substantially all ET segment activities had ceased as of June 30, 2002. As of July 1, 2002, the only remaining activity in the ET segment was our Assentor practice. In October 2002, we sold our Assentor practice to a third party for approximately $5 million. |
| The LSI segment consisted of our legal systems integration business, which we closed as of December 31, 2000. The legal systems integration business provided network and desktop integration services for large law firms. Increasingly, these law firms retained their own internal staff to perform this work and the nature of our services to these clients became commoditized. As a result, there were fewer engagements of the scale and margin potential to justify maintaining this business. Because we closed the LSI segment as of December 31, 2000, our financial statements covering periods after that date do not reflect any results from the LSI segment and will not in the future. |
26
The following table summarizes the percentage of total revenue for each period represented by each of our reportable segments.
Fiscal year ended June 30, |
Nine months ended March 31, |
||||||||||||||
Segment |
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||
Consulting & systems integration |
90.6 |
% |
94.4 |
% |
98.6 |
% |
98.6 |
% |
99.7 |
% | |||||
Emerging technologies |
4.5 |
|
4.5 |
|
1.4 |
|
1.4 |
|
0.3 |
| |||||
Legal systems integration |
4.9 |
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have historically invested in applied research and development to develop new technologies that enhance our information technology services and solutions. Some of these investments have supported the C&SI segment, while others were independent initiatives and were reflected in the ET segment.
Some of our research and development investments have led to the formation of separate companies, including Mail2000, Inc., which provides software-based services to expedite the delivery of large volumes of mail, and Mantas, Inc., which provides services to the financial services industry to address anti-money laundering and other data mining issues. In February 2001, we sold our minority interest in Mail2000, Inc., recognizing a pre-tax gain of $11.8 million, including the reversal of a $900,000 accrual for probable losses under funding commitments we made to Mail2000, Inc. In May 2001, Mantas, which was previously one of our service offerings, was contributed to a separate company, Mantas, Inc., which we formed with funding and other contributions received from Safeguard Scientifics and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or the NASD. We have retained a non-controlling equity interest in Mantas, Inc. In October 2002, we sold our Assentor practice for approximately $5 million. Although we believe it is important to continue to invest in technology to enhance our information technology services and solutions, we have eliminated such spending in the ET segment and expect all future research and development expenses to be targeted to the needs of our federal government clients as we have sharpened our focus on our core C&SI business.
In the future, we intend to focus on increasing our internal growth, and we may pursue strategic acquisitions that can cost-effectively add new clients, specific agency knowledge or technological expertise. In January 2002, we made our first government services acquisition, acquiring The Marasco Newton Group Ltd., or MNG, for its expertise in the federal government environmental market. In January 2003, we acquired Adroit Systems, Inc., or Adroit, for its expertise in the areas of command and control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance, or C4ISR. We expect that these acquisitions will enable us to sell our services and solutions to MNGs and Adroits existing client base and to jointly pursue potential new opportunities.
Description of Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires that we make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates including those related to revenue recognition, doubtful accounts receivable, goodwill and other intangible assets, and other contingent liabilities. We base our estimates on our historical experience and various other factors that we believe are reasonable at the time the estimates are made. Actual results may differ significantly from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe the critical accounting policies requiring us to make significant estimates and judgments are revenue recognition, contract cost accounting, and accounting for acquisitions, including the identification of intangible assets and the ongoing impairment assessments of the intangible assets. If any of these estimates or judgments prove to be incorrect, our reported results could be materially affected.
Revenue Recognition
Most of our revenue is generated on the basis of services provided to the federal government, either by our employees or by our subcontractors. To a lesser degree, the revenue we earn may include third-party hardware
27
and software that we purchase and integrate when requested by the client as a part of the solutions that we provide to our clients.
Contract Types. When contracting with our government clients, we enter into one of three basic types of contracts: cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, and fixed-price.
| Cost-plus-fee contracts. Cost-plus-fee contracts provide for reimbursement of allowable costs and the payment of a fee, which is our profit. Cost-plus-fixed-fee contracts specify the contract fee in dollars. Cost-plus-award-fee contracts may provide for a base fee amount, plus an award fee that varies, within specified limits, based upon the clients assessment of our performance as compared to contractual targets for factors such as cost, quality, schedule, and performance. The majority of our cost-plus-fee contracts are cost-plus-fixed-fee. |
| Time-and-materials contracts. Under a time-and-materials contract, we are paid a fixed hourly rate for each direct labor hour expended and we are reimbursed for allowable material costs and out-of-pocket expenses. To the extent our actual direct labor costs vary in relation to the fixed hourly billing rates provided in the contract, we will generate more or less profit, or could incur a loss. |
| Fixed-price contracts. Under a fixed-price contract, we agree to perform the specified work for a pre-determined price. To the extent our actual costs vary from the estimates upon which the price was negotiated, we will generate more or less than the anticipated amount of profit or could incur a loss. Some fixed-price contracts have a performance-based component, pursuant to which we can earn incentive payments or incur financial penalties based on our performance. |
Our historical contract mix, measured as a percentage of total revenue for each period, is summarized in the table below.
Contract type |
Fiscal year ended June 30, |
Nine months ended March 31, |
|||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||||||
Cost-plus-fee |
54 |
% |
62 |
% |
52 |
% |
54 |
% |
42 |
% | |||||
Time-and-materials |
29 |
|
23 |
|
31 |
|
30 |
|
38 |
| |||||
Fixed-price |
17 |
|
15 |
|
17 |
|
16 |
|
20 |
|
Our government clients typically determine what type of contract will be awarded to us. In general, cost-plus-fee contracts are the least profitable of our contract types. Recently, the relative mix of our cost-plus-fee contracts has declined. Although we have recently been awarded some large cost-plus-fee contracts, we are unable to predict the timing of any impact on our total contract mix or whether this will cause our operating margins to suffer in any future period.
Critical Accounting Policies Relating to Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the services have been rendered or goods delivered, the contract price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. We have a standard management process that we use to determine whether all required criteria for revenue recognition have been met. This standard management process includes a regular review of our contract performance. This review covers, among other matters, outstanding action items, progress against schedule, effort and staffing, requirements stability, quality, risks and issues, subcontract management, cost, commitments, and client satisfaction. This review is designed to determine whether the overall progress on a contract is consistent with the effort expended and revenue recognized to date.
Absent evidence to the contrary, we recognize revenue as follows. Revenue on cost-plus-fee contracts is recognized to the extent of costs actually incurred plus a proportionate amount of the fee earned. We consider fixed fees under cost-plus-fee contracts to be earned in proportion to the allowable costs actually incurred in performance of the contract. Revenue on time-and-materials contracts is recognized based on the hours actually incurred at the negotiated contract billing rates, plus the cost of any allowable material costs and out-of-pocket expenses. Revenue on fixed-price contracts generally is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of contract accounting. Unless it is determined as part of our regular contract performance review that overall progress on a contract is not consistent with costs expended to date, we determine the percentage completed based on the percentage of costs incurred to date in relation to total estimated costs expected upon completion of the contract.
28
Revenue on fixed-price contracts pursuant to which a client pays us a specified amount to provide only a particular service for a stated time period, a so-called fee-for-service arrangement, is recognized as amounts are billable, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition are met. We consider performance-based fees, including award fees, under any contract type to be earned when we can demonstrate satisfaction of a specific performance goal or we receive contractual notification from a client that the fee has been earned.
Contract revenue recognition inherently involves estimation. Examples of estimates include the contemplated level of effort to accomplish the tasks under contract, the cost of the effort, and an ongoing assessment of our progress toward completing the contract. From time to time, as part of our standard management processes, facts develop that require us to revise our estimated total costs or revenue. In most cases, these revisions relate to changes in the contractual scope of our work. To the extent that a revised estimate affects contract profit or revenue previously recognized, we record the cumulative effect of the revision in the period in which the facts requiring the revision become known. The full amount of an anticipated loss on any type of contract is recognized in the period in which it becomes known.
From time to time, we may proceed with work based on client direction pending finalization and signing of formal contract documents. We have an internal process for approving any such work. Revenue recognized prior to finalization of formal contract documents is recorded at the lesser of net realizable value or actual costs incurred, and only when realization is probable and can be reliably estimated. We base our estimates on previous experiences with the client, communications with the client regarding funding status, and our knowledge of available funding for the contract or program.
We maintain reserves for doubtful accounts receivable that may arise in the normal course of business. Historically, we have not had significant write-offs of doubtful accounts receivable related to work we perform for the federal government. However, we do perform work on contracts and task orders where on occasion issues arise that lead to accounts receivable not being fully collected.
Contract Cost Accounting
As a contractor providing services primarily to the federal government, we must categorize our costs as either direct or indirect and allowable or unallowable. Direct costs are those costs that are identified with specific contracts. These costs include labor, subcontractor and consultant services, third party materials purchased under a contract, and other non-labor costs incurred in support of a contract. Indirect costs are those costs not identified with specific contracts. Rather, indirect costs are allocated to contracts in accordance with federal government rules and regulations. These costs typically include our selling, general, and administrative expenses, fringe benefit expenses, and depreciation and amortization costs. Direct and indirect costs that are not allowable under the Federal Acquisition Regulation or specific contract provisions cannot be considered for reimbursement under our federal government contracts. We must specifically identify these costs to ensure we comply with these requirements. Our unallowable costs include a portion of our executive compensation, certain employee morale activities, certain types of legal and consulting costs, and the amortization of identified intangible assets, among others. A key element to our recent margin expansion has been our success at controlling indirect cost growth and unallowable costs. In addition, as we acquire and integrate new companies, we have been able to manage our indirect costs and improve operating margins by realizing opportunities for cost synergies and integrating the indirect support functions of acquired companies into our own.
Accounting for Acquisitions
The purchase price that we pay to acquire the stock or assets of an entity must be assigned to the net assets acquired based on the estimated fair market value of those net assets. The purchase price in excess of the estimated fair market value of the tangible net assets and separately identified intangible assets acquired represents goodwill. The purchase price allocation related to acquisitions involves significant estimates and management judgments that may be adjusted during the purchase price allocation period, but in no case beyond one year from the acquisition date.
29
We must evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or during any interim period if we have an indication that goodwill may be impaired. We assess the potential impairment of goodwill by comparing the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of our reporting unit to which goodwill is assigned to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit using a discounted cash flow approach. We performed our annual goodwill impairment analysis as of January 1, 2003. There was no indication of goodwill impairment as a result of our impairment analysis. If we are required to record an impairment charge in the future, it would have an adverse non-cash impact on our results of operations.
The estimated fair market value of identified intangible assets is amortized over the estimated useful life of the related intangible asset. We have a process pursuant to which we retain third-party valuation experts to assist us in determining the fair market values and useful lives of identified intangible assets. We evaluate these assets for impairment when events occur that suggest a possible impairment. Such events could include, but are not limited to, the loss of a significant client or contract, decreases in federal government appropriations or funding for specific programs or contracts, or other similar events. None of these events have occurred for fiscal 2002 or the nine months ended March 31, 2003. We determine impairment by comparing the net book value of the asset to its future undiscounted net cash flows. If an impairment occurs, we will record an impairment expense equal to the difference between the net book value of the asset and its estimated discounted cash flows using a discount rate based on our cost of capital and the related risks of recoverability.
Statement of Operations Items
The following is a description of certain line items and other components of our consolidated statements of operations.
Cost of Services
Cost of services includes the direct costs to provide our services and business solutions to clients. The most significant of these costs are the salaries and wages, plus associated fringe benefits, of our employees directly serving clients. Cost of services also includes the costs of subcontractors and outside consultants, third-party materials, such as hardware or software that we purchase and provide to the client as part of an integrated solution, and any other direct costs such as travel expenses incurred to support contract efforts.
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general, and administrative expenses include the salaries and wages, plus associated fringe benefits, of our employees not performing work directly for clients. Among the functions covered by these costs are asset and facilities management, business development, research and development, contracts and legal, finance and accounting, executive and senior management, human resources, and information system support. Facilities-related costs are also included in selling, general, and administrative expenses. Historically, the portion of selling, general, and administrative expenses that relate to corporate support functions are allocated to segments based on the ratio of segment labor expenses to total labor, exclusive of corporate selling, general, and administrative labor. The total amount of corporate selling, general, and administrative expense allocated to segments was $36.9 million, $37.2 million and $35.9 million for fiscal 2000, fiscal 2001, and fiscal 2002, respectively, and $25.9 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. With the elimination of all ET segment activities in fiscal 2003, all selling, general, and administrative expenses that relate to corporate support functions for the nine months ended March 31, 2003 were assigned to the C&SI segment.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense reflects expenses related to stock option grants for which pre-existing grant terms were modified or for which the exercise price was below fair market value. Stock-based compensation expenses are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses. Stock-based compensation expenses were $937,000 for fiscal 2002, and $884,000 and $158,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. As of March 31, 2003, we had $562,000 of deferred stock-based compensation expense, which will be recognized ratably over the 32-month remaining vesting period of the related stock options.
30
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation of computers and other equipment, the amortization of software we use internally, the amortization of leasehold improvements, and the amortization of identified intangible assets. These depreciation and amortization expenses are allocated to segments based on the ratio of segment labor expenses to total labor, exclusive of corporate selling, general and administrative labor. The amortization of computer software developed for sale to clients is included in cost of services.
Reimbursement of Expenses Upon Formation of Mantas, Inc.
In December 2000, we formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Mantas LLC, with the expectation that we would transfer our Mantas service offering, consisting of contracts, people, and intellectual property, to Mantas LLC on or about January 1, 2001 and a third party investor would acquire an equity interest in Mantas LLC for cash. To allow the participation of an additional strategic investor, the actual funding and closing was delayed until May 24, 2001. We continued to own, develop and operate the Mantas service offering we had planned to transfer to Mantas LLC until May 24, 2001. We did this with the understanding from the third party investors that, once Mantas LLC was funded, we would be reimbursed by Mantas LLC for the operating costs of the Mantas service offering from January 1, 2001 to closing.
Operations of the Mantas service offering for the period from January 1, 2001 to May 24, 2001 resulted in our incurring approximately $9.9 million of expenses and realizing approximately $3.4 million of revenue, which we included in our operating results as revenue and expenses. On May 24, 2001, Mantas LLC converted from a limited liability company to a corporation and changed its name to Mantas, Inc. On the same day, we transferred the contracts, people, and intellectual property rights of our Mantas service offering to Mantas, Inc. in exchange for a non-controlling interest in Mantas, Inc. Subsequent to May 24, 2001, Mantas, Inc. reimbursed us for the expenses described above and we paid Mantas, Inc. for the revenue described above. This resulted in a net reimbursement to us of approximately $6.5 million which is recorded as a separate line item in our operating results. Since May 24, 2001, we have accounted for our investment in Mantas, Inc. using the equity method of accounting.
Gains and Losses on Equity Method Investments
We use the equity method of accounting for investments in which we do not have a controlling interest but exercise significant influence. Under the equity method, investments are carried at cost and then are adjusted to reflect our portion of increases and decreases in the net assets of the investee. Our investment in Mail2000, Inc. was accounted for under the equity method until it was sold in February 2001. The gains we recognized upon the sale of our minority interest in Mail2000, Inc. and when we subsequently received payments upon the release of funds pursuant to the terms of indemnification escrow agreements established at the time of sale are included in gain on sale of equity method investment. Our investment in Mantas, Inc. has been accounted for under the equity method since its formation in May 2001. We are required to recognize our proportionate interest in Mantas, Inc.s losses to the extent we have a cost basis in the investment on our balance sheet. We have no cost basis in Mantas, Inc. because we did not previously capitalize our internal investments in the Mantas service offerings. Accordingly, we have not recognized any portion of Mantas, Inc.s losses through March 31, 2003.
Gain on Sale of Assentor Practice
In October 2002, we sold the assets of our Assentor practice for approximately $5 million. The excess of the sale price over our basis in these assets resulted in a pre-tax gain of $4.7 million. All proceeds as a result of this sale were received in October 2002 upon closing.
Other (Expense) Income
The Internal Revenue Service challenged our use of the cash receipts and disbursements method of accounting for income taxes in 1998 while auditing our fiscal 1996 tax return. Other expense through June 30, 2001 reflects our historical provision for interest due on income taxes as a result of our use of this method.
31
Through June 30, 2001, we accrued $2.6 million as a reserve toward this contingency for what we then estimated to be our probable interest payments on this liability. In February 2002, we settled this matter with the Internal Revenue Service and recorded other income in fiscal 2002 of approximately $1.8 million, representing the amount by which the reserve exceeded our actual federal and estimated state interest payments of approximately $800,000.
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth some items from our consolidated statements of operations, and these items expressed as a percentage of revenue, for the periods indicated.
Year ended June 30, |
Nine months ended March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
312,035 |
|
$ |
312,548 |
|
$ |
361,197 |
|
$ |
259,755 |
|
$ |
323,254 |
| |||||
Operating costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services |
|
213,549 |
|
|
221,835 |
|
|
258,863 |
|
|
187,799 |
|
|
227,799 |
| |||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
77,200 |
|
|
84,985 |
|
|
76,143 |
|
|
55,628 |
|
|
60,540 |
| |||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
7,258 |
|
|
8,045 |
|
|
7,684 |
|
|
5,534 |
|
|
6,420 |
| |||||
Reimbursement of expenses upon formation of Mantas, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
(6,485 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
298,007 |
|
|
308,380 |
|
|
342,690 |
|
|
248,961 |
|
|
294,759 |
| |||||
Operating income |
|
14,028 |
|
|
4,168 |
|
|
18,507 |
|
|
10,794 |
|
|
28,495 |
| |||||
Interest (expense) income, net |
|
(529 |
) |
|
(797 |
) |
|
(101 |
) |
|
(128 |
) |
|
1,095 |
| |||||
Gain (loss) on equity method investment |
|
(900 |
) |
|
11,776 |
|
|
373 |
|
|
373 |
|
|
1,031 |
| |||||
Gain on sale of Assentor practice |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,685 |
| |||||
Other (expense) income |
|
(209 |
) |
|
(2,391 |
) |
|
1,775 |
|
|
1,775 |
|
|
|
| |||||
Income before taxes |
|
12,390 |
|
|
12,756 |
|
|
20,544 |
|
|
12,814 |
|
|
35,306 |
| |||||
Provision for income taxes |
|
5,092 |
|
|
5,383 |
|
|
9,277 |
|
|
5,920 |
|
|
14,124 |
| |||||
Net income |
$ |
7,298 |
|
$ |
7,373 |
|
$ |
11,277 |
|
$ |
6,894 |
|
$ |
21,182 |
| |||||
(as a percentage of revenue) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% | |||||
Operating costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services |
|
68.4 |
|
|
71.0 |
|
|
71.7 |
|
|
72.3 |
|
|
70.5 |
| |||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
24.7 |
|
|
27.2 |
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
21.4 |
|
|
18.7 |
| |||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
2.4 |
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
2.0 |
| |||||
Reimbursement of expenses upon formation of Mantas, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
(2.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
95.5 |
|
|
98.7 |
|
|
94.9 |
|
|
95.8 |
|
|
91.2 |
| |||||
Operating income |
|
4.5 |
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
8.8 |
| |||||
Interest (expense) income, net |
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
(0.0 |
) |
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
0.3 |
| |||||
Gain (loss) on equity method investment |
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
3.8 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
0.3 |
| |||||
Gain on sale of Assentor practice |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5 |
| |||||
Other (expense) income |
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
(0.7 |
) |
|
0.5 |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
| |||||
Income before taxes |
|
4.0 |
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
5.7 |
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
10.9 |
| |||||
Provision for income taxes |
|
1.7 |
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
4.3 |
| |||||
Net income |
|
2.3 |
% |
|
2.4 |
% |
|
3.1 |
% |
|
2.7 |
% |
|
6.6 |
% | |||||
32
The following tables set forth revenue, operating costs and expenses and operating income (loss) for each of our reportable business segments, as well as those items expressed as a percentage of the segments revenue, for the periods indicated. See note 14 to our financial statements for more information on our reportable business segments.
Consulting & Systems Integration Segment
Year ended June 30, |
Nine months ended March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
282,735 |
|
$ |
294,892 |
|
$ |
356,246 |
|
$ |
256,191 |
|
$ |
322,177 |
| |||||
Operating costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services |
|
197,915 |
|
|
211,277 |
|
|
255,692 |
|
|
185,341 |
|
|
227,025 |
| |||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
58,207 |
|
|
60,414 |
|
|
68,518 |
|
|
49,005 |
|
|
60,204 |
| |||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
6,340 |
|
|
6,938 |
|
|
7,371 |
|
|
5,273 |
|
|
6,407 |
| |||||
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
262,462 |
|
|
278,629 |
|
|
331,581 |
|
|
239,619 |
|
|
293,636 |
| |||||
Operating income |
$ |
20,273 |
|
$ |
16,263 |
|
$ |
24,665 |
|
$ |
16,572 |
|
$ |
28,541 |
| |||||
(as a percentage of consulting & systems integration revenue) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% | |||||
Operating costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services |
|
70.0 |
|
|
71.6 |
|
|
71.8 |
|
|
72.3 |
|
|
70.5 |
| |||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
20.6 |
|
|
20.5 |
|
|
19.2 |
|
|
19.1 |
|
|
18.7 |
| |||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
2.2 |
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
2.0 |
| |||||
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
92.8 |
|
|
94.5 |
|
|
93.1 |
|
|
93.5 |
|
|
91.1 |
| |||||
Operating income |
|
7.2 |
% |
|
5.5 |
% |
|
6.9 |
% |
|
6.5 |
% |
|
8.9 |
% | |||||
33
Emerging Technologies Segment
Year ended June 30, |
Nine months ended March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
14,056 |
|
$ |
14,168 |
|
$ |
4,951 |
|
$ |
3,564 |
|
$ |
1,077 |
| |||||
Operating costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services |
|
6,228 |
|
|
8,961 |
|
|
3,171 |
|
|
2,458 |
|
|
774 |
| |||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
9,440 |
|
|
18,951 |
|
|
7,625 |
|
|
6,623 |
|
|
336 |
| |||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
493 |
|
|
949 |
|
|
313 |
|
|
261 |
|
|
13 |
| |||||
Reimbursement of expenses upon formation of |
|
|
|
|
(6,485 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
16,161 |
|
|
22,376 |
|
|
11,109 |
|
|
9,342 |
|
|
1,123 |
| |||||
Operating loss |
$ |
(2,105 |
) |
$ |
(8,208 |
) |
$ |
(6,158 |
) |
$ |
(5,778 |
) |
$ |
(46 |
) | |||||
Gain (loss) on equity method investment |
$ |
(900 |
) |
$ |
11,776 |
|
$ |
373 |
|
$ |
373 |
|
$ |
1,031 |
| |||||
(as a percentage of emerging technologies revenue) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% | |||||
Operating costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services |
|
44.3 |
|
|
63.2 |
|
|
64.1 |
|
|
69.0 |
|
|
71.9 |
| |||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
67.2 |
|
|
133.8 |
|
|
154.0 |
|
|
185.8 |
|
|
31.2 |
| |||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
3.5 |
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
1.2 |
| |||||
Reimbursement of expenses upon formation of |
|
|
|
|
(45.8 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
115.0 |
|
|
157.9 |
|
|
224.4 |
|
|
262.1 |
|
|
104.3 |
| |||||
Operating loss |
|
(15.0 |
)% |
|
(57.9 |
)% |
|
(124.4 |
)% |
|
(162.1 |
)% |
|
(4.3 |
)% | |||||
Gain (loss) on equity method investment |
|
(6.4 |
)% |
|
83.1 |
% |
|
7.5 |
% |
|
10.5 |
% |
|
95.7 |
% | |||||
34
Legal Systems Integration Segment
Year ended June 30, |
Nine months ended March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
15,244 |
|
$ |
3,488 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
| |||||
Operating costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services |
|
9,406 |
|
|
1,597 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
9,553 |
|
|
5,620 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
425 |
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
19,384 |
|
|
7,375 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Operating loss |
$ |
(4,140 |
) |
$ |
(3,887 |
) |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
| |||||
(as a percentage of legal systems integration revenue) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% | |||||
Operating costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services |
|
61.7 |
|
|
45.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
62.7 |
|
|
161.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
2.8 |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
127.2 |
|
|
211.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Operating loss |
|
(27.2 |
)% |
|
(111.4 |
)% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
% | |||||
35
Nine Months Ended March 31, 2003 Compared to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002
Revenue
For the nine months ended March 31, 2003, total revenue increased 24.4% to $323.3 million, from $259.8 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. The C&SI segment revenue increased 25.8% to $322.2 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from $256.2 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. Revenue growth in this segment resulted primarily from approximately $30 million of revenue from new national security contracts, increased revenue of approximately $20 million related to the January 2002 acquisition of The Marasco Newton Group, Ltd., or MNG, and approximately $9 million of revenue related to the January 2003 acquisition of Adroit Systems, Inc., or Adroit. The ET segment revenue decreased 69.8% to $1.1 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from $3.6 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. The revenue decline in this segment was due to reduced billings for professional services provided primarily to Mantas, Inc. and our sale of the Assentor practice in October 2002.
Cost of Services
For the nine months ended March 31, 2003, total cost of services increased 21.3% to $227.8 million, from $187.8 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. As a percentage of total revenue, total cost of services decreased to 70.5% for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from 72.3% for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. The C&SI segment cost of services increased 22.5% to $227.0 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from $185.3 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002, reflecting additional services provided primarily under new national security contract awards of approximately $20 million and the cost of services attributable to MNG contracts of approximately $14 million and Adroit contracts of approximately $6 million. As a percentage of C&SI revenue, C&SI cost of services decreased to 70.5% for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from 72.3% for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. This decrease as a percentage of C&SI revenue was attributable primarily to three factors. First, we had a shift to services being provided under more profitable fixed-price contracts, which decreases the ratio of cost of services to revenue. Second, we reduced the level of services provided by subcontractors relative to services being provided by our employees. Work performed by our employees is more profitable than subcontracted work, which decreases the ratio of cost of services to revenue. Third, our 401(k) contribution expense included in cost of services for the earlier period was higher than in the nine months ended March 31, 2003, increasing the ratio of cost of services to revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. The ET segment cost of services declined 68.5% to $774,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from $2.5 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002, reflecting reduced billings for professional services provided primarily to Mantas, Inc. and our sale of the Assentor practice in October 2002. As a percentage of ET revenue, ET cost of services increased slightly to 71.9% for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from 69.0% for the nine months ended March 31, 2002.
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses
For the nine months ended March 31, 2003, total selling, general, and administrative expenses increased 8.8% to $60.5 million, from $55.6 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. As a percentage of total revenue, total selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased to 18.7% for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from 21.4% for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. Total selling, general, and administrative expenses for the nine months ended March 31, 2003 included stock-based compensation of $158,000 compared to $884,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. The C&SI segment selling, general, and administrative expenses increased 22.9% to $60.2 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from $49.0 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. As a percentage of C&SI revenue, C&SI selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased to 18.7% for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from 19.1% for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. This decrease resulted primarily from leveraging our centralized corporate services functions in connection with the integration of MNG and Adroit. Additionally, we increased our incremental spending on business development and proposal activities while constraining the cost growth of other corporate support functions. The ET segment selling, general, and administrative expenses declined 94.9%
36
to $336,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, from $6.6 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002, reflecting the elimination of activities focused on the commercialization of technologies unrelated to our core C&SI client requirements and our sale of the Assentor practice in October 2002.
Depreciation and Amortization
For the nine months ended March 31, 2003, total depreciation and amortization increased by 16.0% to $6.4 million, from $5.5 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. As a percentage of total revenue, total depreciation and amortization was 2.0% for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, compared to 2.1% for the nine months ended March 31, 2002.
Interest Income (Expense), net
For the nine months ended March 31, 2003, interest income, net was $1.1 million compared to interest expense, net of $128,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. This improvement reflects reduced borrowings and increased cash and investment balances resulting from the proceeds received as a result of our May 2002 initial public offering and improved cash flows from operating activities.
Gain on Equity Method Investment
The gain on sale of equity method investment reflected in each period represents cash we received when indemnification escrows associated with the February 2001 sale of our interest in Mail2000, Inc. were released.
Gain on Sale of Assentor Practice
In October 2002, we sold the assets of our Assentor practice for approximately $5 million, resulting in a net pre-tax gain of $4.7 million.
Other Income
In February 2002, we settled a matter with the Internal Revenue Service and reversed previously established reserves of approximately $1.8 million.
Income Taxes
For the nine months ended March 31, 2003, our effective income tax rate decreased to 40.0%, from 46.2% for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. This decrease was due primarily to lower nondeductible stock-based compensation expenses for tax purposes in the nine months ended March 31, 2003.
Year Ended June 30, 2002 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 2001
Revenue
For fiscal 2002, total revenue increased 15.6% to $361.2 million, from $312.5 million for fiscal 2001. The C&SI segment revenue increased 20.8% to $356.2 million for fiscal 2002, from $294.9 million for fiscal 2001. Revenue growth in this segment resulted primarily from approximately $20 million of revenue related to the acquisition of MNG in January 2002, approximately $30 million of revenue related to new contract wins, including contracts with the National Guard Bureau, the Office of the Secretary of Defense, and several contracts related to homeland security, and approximately $11 million of revenue related to the expansion of services to the Internal Revenue Service. The ET segment revenue decreased 65.1% to $5.0 million for fiscal 2002, from $14.2 million for fiscal 2001. The $14.2 million of revenue for fiscal 2001 included $8.0 million of revenue
37
attributable to Mantas service offerings. Following the formation of Mantas, Inc. as a separate company in May 2001, we have not consolidated its revenue or expenses. For fiscal 2002, more than 85% of the revenue of the ET segment related to licensing and maintenance of our proprietary software, primarily Assentor. The LSI segment revenue was $3.5 million for fiscal 2001. We did not recognize any LSI revenue for fiscal 2002 because we closed the LSI segment as of December 31, 2000.
Cost of Services
For fiscal 2002, total cost of services increased 16.7% to $258.9 million, from $221.8 million for fiscal 2001. As a percentage of total revenue, total cost of services increased to 71.7% for fiscal 2002, from 71.0% for fiscal 2001. The C&SI segment cost of services increased 21.0% to $255.7 million for fiscal 2002, from $211.3 million for fiscal 2001. Approximately $14 million of this increase was due to services provided under MNG contracts, approximately $22 million was due to new contract wins, and approximately $8 million was due to the expansion of services to the Internal Revenue Service. As a percentage of C&SI revenue, C&SI cost of services increased slightly to 71.8% for fiscal 2002, from 71.6% for fiscal 2001. This increase as a percentage of C&SI revenue is attributable to higher stock-based 401(k) contribution expense, a component of the fringe benefit expenses allocated to direct labor, in fiscal 2002. The ET segment cost of services declined 64.6% to $3.2 million for fiscal 2002, from $9.0 million for fiscal 2001, reflecting the formation of Mantas, Inc. as a separate company. As a percentage of ET revenue, ET cost of services increased slightly to 64.1% for fiscal 2002, from 63.2% for fiscal 2001. The LSI segment cost of services was $1.6 million for fiscal 2001. We did not incur any LSI cost of services for fiscal 2002 because we closed the LSI segment as of December 31, 2000.
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses
For fiscal 2002, total selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased 10.4% to $76.1 million, from $85.0 million for fiscal 2001. Total selling, general, and administrative expenses for fiscal 2002 included stock-based compensation of $937,000, compared to no stock-based compensation expenses for fiscal 2001. As a percentage of total revenue, total selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased to 21.1% for fiscal 2002, from 27.2% for fiscal 2001. The C&SI segment selling, general, and administrative expenses increased 13.4% to $68.5 million for fiscal 2002, from $60.4 million for fiscal 2001. As a percentage of C&SI revenues, C&SI selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased to 19.2% for fiscal 2002, from 20.5% for fiscal 2001. This decrease as a percentage of C&SI revenue occurred because C&SI management expenses and corporate costs allocated to C&SI both grew at a lower rate than C&SI revenue because of cost control measures taken by management. The ET segment selling, general, and administrative expenses declined 59.8% to $7.6 million for fiscal 2002, from $19.0 million for fiscal 2001, reflecting the formation of Mantas, Inc. as a separate company. As a percentage of ET revenue, ET selling, general, and administrative expenses increased to 154.0% for fiscal 2002, from 133.8% for fiscal 2001. This increase was due to reduced client demand for our ET products and services and the fact we did not reduce our staff proportionately during the period. The LSI segment selling, general, and administrative expenses were $5.6 million for fiscal 2001. We did not incur any LSI selling, general, and administrative expenses for fiscal 2002 because we closed the LSI segment as of December 31, 2000.
Depreciation and Amortization
For fiscal 2002, depreciation and amortization decreased by 4.5% to $7.7 million, from $8.0 million for fiscal 2001, reflecting reduced capital spending.
Interest Expense, net
For fiscal 2002, interest expense, net, decreased to $101,000, from $797,000 for fiscal 2001. This decrease reflects reduced borrowings and increased cash balances resulting from improved operating income and lower days sales outstanding in accounts receivable.
38
Other (Expense) Income
Other expense was $2.4 million for fiscal 2001, reflecting our provision for probable interest due on income taxes as a result of the Internal Revenue Service challenging our use of the cash method of accounting for income taxes. On February 28, 2002, we settled this matter with the Internal Revenue Service. The interest and other settlement-related expenses were less than the total $2.6 million reserve we had accrued for this issue. As a result, we reversed the excess reserve, recording other income in fiscal 2002 of $1.8 million.
Gain on Equity Method Investment
For fiscal 2002, we recognized a gain of $373,000 when we received cash from the release of an indemnification escrow related to the sale of our minority interest in Mail2000, Inc. In February 2001, we sold our interest in Mail2000, Inc. and recognized a pre-tax gain of $10.9 million for fiscal 2001. During fiscal 2001, we also reversed a $900,000 accrual for probable losses under funding commitments we had previously made to Mail2000, Inc.
Income Taxes
For fiscal 2002, our effective income tax rate increased to 45.1%, from 42.2% for fiscal 2001. This increase was due primarily to nondeductible stock-based compensation expenses for tax purposes in fiscal 2002.
Year Ended June 30, 2001 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 2000
Revenue
For fiscal 2001, total revenue was largely unchanged at $312.5 million, compared to $312.0 million for fiscal 2000. The C&SI segment revenue increased 4.3% to $294.9 million for fiscal 2001, from $282.7 million for fiscal 2000. Fiscal 2000 C&SI revenue included $36.2 million of non-recurring revenue attributable to our response to client needs related to Year 2000, or Y2K, conversion issues. Excluding the impact of this non-recurring revenue, C&SI revenue would have increased 19.6% to $294.9 million for fiscal 2001, from $246.5 million. This increase in C&SI revenue resulted from the expansion of services to existing key accounts, including the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of the Army, the General Accounting Office, and our work on the National Practitioner Data Bank. The ET segment revenue increased slightly to $14.2 million for fiscal 2001, from $14.1 million for fiscal 2000. The LSI segment revenue declined 77.1% to $3.5 million for fiscal 2001, from $15.2 million in fiscal 2000. This was due to declining LSI sales and the ultimate closing of the LSI segment as of December 31, 2000.
Cost of Services
For fiscal 2001, total cost of services increased 3.9% to $221.8 million, from $213.5 million for fiscal 2000. As a percentage of total revenue, total cost of services increased to 71.0% for fiscal 2001 from 68.4% for fiscal 2000. The C&SI segment cost of services increased 6.8% to $211.3 million for fiscal 2001, from $197.9 million for fiscal 2000. As a percentage of C&SI revenue, C&SI cost of services increased to 71.6% for fiscal 2001, from 70.0% for fiscal 2000. During the first half of fiscal 2001, we encountered an extremely tight labor market for information technology professionals and were not able to hire enough people to meet contract demands. This occurred at the same time that we were transferring a number of people to our ET segment initiatives. As a result, we utilized more subcontractors in order to meet contract obligations, and this increased our cost of services as a percentage of revenue, because subcontract work is not as profitable as work performed by our own employees. The ET segment cost of services increased 43.9% to $9.0 million for fiscal 2001, from $6.2 million for fiscal 2000. As a percentage of ET revenue, ET cost of services increased to 63.2% for fiscal 2001 from 44.3% for fiscal 2000. This increase was due to the scale up of our operations to support our Mantas service offerings to meet client requirements. The LSI segment cost of services declined 83.0% to $1.6 million for fiscal 2001, from $9.4 million for fiscal 2000, reflecting decreasing costs in response to declining LSI sales and the ultimate closing of the LSI business as of December 31, 2000. As a percentage of LSI revenue, LSI cost of services decreased to 45.8% for fiscal 2001, from 61.7% for fiscal 2000.
39
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses
For fiscal 2001, total selling, general, and administrative expenses increased 10.1% to $85.0 million, from $77.2 million for fiscal 2000. As a percentage of total revenue, total selling, general, and administrative expenses increased to 27.2% for fiscal 2001, from 24.7% for fiscal 2000. The C&SI segment selling, general, and administrative expenses increased 3.8% to $60.4 million for fiscal 2001, from $58.2 million for fiscal 2000, corresponding to C&SI revenue growth. As a percentage of C&SI revenue, C&SI selling, general, and administrative expenses were 20.5% for fiscal 2001, compared to 20.6% for fiscal 2000. The ET segment selling, general, and administrative expenses increased 100.8% to $19.0 million for fiscal 2001, from $9.4 million for fiscal 2000, reflecting increased costs related to the development and formation of Mantas, Inc. as a separate company. As a percentage of ET revenue, ET selling, general, and administrative expenses increased to 133.8% for fiscal 2001 from 67.2% for fiscal 2000. The LSI segment selling, general, and administrative expenses declined 41.2% to $5.6 million for fiscal 2001, from $9.6 million for fiscal 2000, reflecting the decline in business, offset in part by costs incurred to close the business. As a percentage of LSI revenues, LSI selling, general, and administrative expenses increased to 161.1% for fiscal 2001, from 62.7% for fiscal 2000.
Depreciation and Amortization
For fiscal 2001, depreciation and amortization increased 10.8% to $8.0 million, from $7.3 million for fiscal 2000, reflecting higher amortization of leasehold improvements and the depreciation of more purchased, rather than leased, personal computers.
Reimbursement of Expenses Upon Formation of Mantas, Inc.
Operations of the Mantas service offering for the period from January 1, 2001 to May 24, 2001 resulted in our incurring approximately $9.9 million of expenses and realizing approximately $3.4 million of revenue, which we included in our operating results as revenue and expenses. On May 24, 2001, we transferred the contracts, people and intellectual property rights of our Mantas service offering to Mantas, Inc. in exchange for a non-controlling interest in Mantas, Inc. Subsequent to May 24, 2001, Mantas, Inc. reimbursed us for these costs and we paid Mantas, Inc. for the revenue we earned on Mantas, Inc. contracts. This resulted in a net reimbursement to us of approximately $6.5 million.
Interest Expense, net
For fiscal 2001, interest expense, net, increased to $797,000, from $529,000 for fiscal 2000. This increase reflects increased borrowings that resulted from the declining operations and ultimate closure of our LSI segment as of December 31, 2000 and the funding of Mantas service offerings through May 24, 2001.
Other Expense
For fiscal 2001, other expense increased to $2.4 million, from $209,000 for fiscal 2000. This increase reflected our view that the probable interest due increased as a result of the Internal Revenue Service continuing to challenge our use of the cash receipts and disbursements method of accounting for income taxes.
Gain (Loss) on Equity Method Investment
In February 2001, we sold our interest in Mail2000, Inc. and recognized a pre-tax gain of $10.9 million. We also reversed a $900,000 accrual for probable losses under funding commitments we made to Mail2000, Inc., recorded originally in fiscal 2000.
Income Taxes
For fiscal 2001, our effective tax rate increased to 42.2%, from 41.1% for fiscal 2000. This increase was due to higher term life insurance premiums that went into effect in fiscal 2001 and are not deductible for income tax purposes.
40
Seasonality
Our operating margin has typically been negatively affected in the quarter ending September 30 by generally lower staff utilization rates. These lower utilization rates are attributable both to summer vacations and to increased proposal activity in connection with the end of the federal government fiscal year. We typically transition a number of professional staff temporarily off of billable engagements to support this increased proposal activity. This seasonality has not been transparent in our consolidated financial results for the periods presented, primarily because its effects have been offset by other factors. However, we expect to continue to experience this seasonality and our future periods may be materially affected by it.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary liquidity needs have historically been to finance the costs of operations pending the billing and collection of accounts receivable, to acquire capital assets, to invest in research and development, and to repurchase our stock from our employees as part of an internal stock repurchase program we maintained as a privately-held company. We have historically relied on cash flow from operations and borrowings under our credit facility for liquidity. In May 2002, we completed an initial public offering of 5,750,000 shares of class A common stock that resulted in net proceeds to us of approximately $94 million. As a public company focused on growing our core C&SI business, we expect our future liquidity needs will be primarily to finance the costs of operations pending the billing and collection of accounts receivable, to acquire capital assets, and to make selected strategic acquisitions. As a public company, repurchasing stock from employees is no longer a liquidity requirement as we have discontinued our internal stock repurchase program. We expect the combination of cash flows from operations, our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, and the available borrowing capacity under our credit facility to meet our normal operating liquidity and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months. Our operating cash flow is primarily affected by the overall profitability of our contracts, our ability to invoice and collect from our clients in a timely manner, and our ability to manage our vendor payments. Our ability to borrow funds is generally related to the level of receivables we have due from clients and the amount of cash flow we generate from our operating activities.
Our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were $81.1 million as of March 31, 2003, down from $87.1 million as of June 30, 2002. We had no borrowings outstanding under our credit facility as of either March 31, 2003 or June 30, 2002. Accounts receivable represent our largest working capital requirement. We typically bill our clients monthly after services are rendered.
Cash Flow
Net cash provided by operating activities was $37.0 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, an increase of $35.3 million from the nine months ended March 31, 2002. This increase in operating cash flow was primarily attributable to higher net income and increased tax benefits of stock option exercises, offset by changes in various working capital accounts and a significant reduction in deferred tax liabilities in the nine months ended March 31, 2002 that resulted when we converted from the cash receipts and disbursements method of accounting for income taxes to the accrual method. Net cash used by investing activities was $44.6 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, an increase of $35.3 million from the nine months ended March 31, 2002. This increase in investing cash outflows was primarily due to the acquisition of Adroit, earn-out payments to MNG stockholders, capital expenditures, and the purchase of investments, offset in part by proceeds from the sale of our Assentor practice and the collection of cash from the disbursement of indemnification escrows associated with the sale of our investment in Mail2000, Inc. in February 2001. Net cash provided by financing activities was $91,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2003, a decrease of $8.0 million from the nine months ended March 31, 2002. This decrease in financing cash inflows was primarily due to borrowings in the nine months ended March 31, 2002 under the revolving line of credit, offset in part by higher payments for purchases of treasury stock and repayment of debt acquired as compared to the nine months ended March 31, 2003.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $9.2 million for fiscal 2002, a decrease of $7.4 million from fiscal 2001. This decrease in operating cash flow was primarily attributable to the payment of deferred taxes and
41
accounts payable, offset by improved operating income and the more rapid collection of accounts receivable. Net cash used by investing activities was $12.3 million for fiscal 2002, compared to $918,000 provided by investing activities for fiscal 2001. This change was primarily due to cash used to acquire The Marasco Newton Group Ltd. in fiscal 2002, compared with cash provided by the sale of our interest in Mail2000, Inc. in fiscal 2001. Additionally, our capital expenditures declined consistent with lower planned leasehold improvements and decreased spending on internal computer system implementation activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $90.2 million for fiscal 2002, compared to $17.5 million used by financing activities for fiscal 2001. This change was primarily due to the net proceeds received from our sale of approximately 535,000 shares of class A common stock to General Atlantic Partners in April 2002 and our initial public offering of class A common stock in May 2002.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $16.6 million for fiscal 2001, a decrease of $8.0 million from fiscal 2000. This decrease in operating cash flow was primarily attributable to lower operating income in fiscal 2001. Net cash provided by investing activities was $918,000 for fiscal 2001, compared to net cash used in investing activities of $11.9 million for fiscal 2000. This change was due to the sale of our equity interest in Mail2000, Inc. in fiscal 2001. Net cash used by financing activities was $17.5 million for fiscal 2001, an increase of $4.7 million from fiscal 2000. This increase was primarily due to increased treasury stock repurchases, offset partially by lower credit facility repayments.
Credit Facility
We maintain a $60.0 million credit facility that expires on December 31, 2003. The current commitment under this facility is $40.0 million and we have the option, provided no event of default under the agreement exists, of increasing the amount committed in two increments of $10.0 million. We may use this facility for general corporate purposes, including working capital financing, capital purchases, acquisitions, and stock repurchases. The agreement contains customary covenants and requires that specified financial ratios be maintained. The financial ratios include a maximum debt-to-cash-flow ratio of 3.00-to-1.00, a minimum cash-flow-to-fixed-charge-coverage ratio of 1.75-to-1.00, and a maximum debt-to-equity threshold of 0.50-to-1.00. As of March 31, 2003, we were in compliance with all required covenants under our credit facility. The credit facility is unsecured as long as borrowings do not exceed 75% of our receivables borrowing base and our cash-flow-to-fixed-charge-coverage ratio is at least 1.85-to-1.00. As of March 31, 2003, the credit facility was unsecured. We may elect to pay interest at either the prime rate of our bank or our banks London interbank offered rate plus a margin, which is determined quarterly based on our debt-to-cash flow ratio. As of March 31, 2003, we had no borrowings outstanding under the credit facility and the full $40.0 million commitment was available for borrowings.
Capital Expenditures
Our capital expenditures were $11.9 million, $10.5 million, and $5.6 million for fiscal 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and $2.6 million and $6.7 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Through fiscal year 2001 we refurbished most of our major facilities and implemented a number of new corporate computer systems. As a result, our actual capital purchases in fiscal 2000 and 2001 are higher than the level of fiscal 2002 and what we expect in fiscal 2003. We currently expect to spend approximately $2 million on capital purchases during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 and approximately $12 million for fiscal 2004.
Related Party Transactions
As of June 30, 2002, we had an agreement with Ernst Volgenau, our chief executive officer, requiring us to maintain $80 million of term life insurance policies on his life through 2010, and to use the proceeds of such insurance to repurchase his shares of common stock upon his death. This agreement with Dr. Volgenau was
42
amended in September 2002, to reduce the required coverage from $80 million to $10 million. We are required to pay annual premiums on the remaining $10 million of insurance, which are fixed through 2010, equal to $53,200. Prior to amending this agreement the annual premiums on the $80 million of insurance were $456,800. In fiscal 2002, we agreed with William K. Brehm, our chairman of the board of directors, to terminate a similar agreement with Mr. Brehm and cancel the related life insurance policies prior to June 30, 2002. The annual premium that we paid on Mr. Brehms policy was $211,660.
We have maintained an equity interest in Mantas, Inc. since May 24, 2001. As of March 31, 2003, we own approximately eight million shares of Mantas, Inc. class A common stock, representing approximately 29% of the outstanding shares of Mantas, Inc. We have no cost basis in this investment and do not fund, nor is there any obligation or expectation to fund, the on-going operations of Mantas, Inc.
Since May 24, 2001, Mantas, Inc. has utilized services provided by us pursuant to agreements that are cancellable by Mantas, Inc. and us upon short notice. Mantas, Inc. reimburses us for the cost of these services. Mantas, Inc. leases space from us and receives other support services related to its occupancy. Our sublease income and amounts due for other support services provided were $1.6 million from May 24, 2001 through June 30, 2002, and $701,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2003. We also allow Mantas, Inc. to obtain travel and insurance-related services using our existing relationships with vendors. The total of these services received by Mantas, Inc. was $1.4 million from May 24, 2001 through June 30, 2002, and $1.1 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2003. Additionally, we provide labor services when requested by Mantas, Inc. to support its administrative and client support activities. The total amount of these labor services provided was $875,000 from May 24, 2001 through June 30, 2002, and $259,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2003. At March 31, 2003, amounts due from Mantas, Inc. for all services utilized were $206,000.
Commitments and Contingencies
Government Contracting
Payments to us on cost-plus-fee contracts are provisional and are subject to adjustment upon audit by the Defense Contract Audit Agency. Audits through June 30, 2001 have been completed. We do not expect audit adjustments that may result from audits for periods after June 30, 2001, to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2003 that require us to make future cash payments:
Payments due by period | |||||||||||||||
Total |
Less than |
1-3 Years |
4-5 Years |
After 5 | |||||||||||
(in thousands) | |||||||||||||||
Operating lease commitments, net |
$ |
123,813 |
$ |
13,580 |
$ |
24,498 |
$ |
21,181 |
$ |
64,554 | |||||
Term loan |
|
800 |
|
800 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Term life insurance |
|
372 |
|
53 |
|
106 |
|
106 |
|
107 | |||||
Total contractual obligations |
$ |
124,985 |
$ |
14,433 |
$ |
24,604 |
$ |
21,287 |
$ |
64,661 | |||||
In April 2003, we entered into a new 53-month operating lease with a total minimum lease commitment of approximately $10 million.
43
Acquisitions
In January 2002, we acquired, by merger, all of the outstanding stock of The Marasco Newton Group, Ltd., or MNG, a privately-held company providing information technology, management, and environmental policy solutions primarily for federal government agencies. Initial payments of approximately $7.2 million were made to acquire MNG. The results of MNG have been included in our financial statements from the January 4, 2002 date of the acquisition. Approximately $2.2 million of the initial payments were allocated to identified intangibles and approximately $3.0 million to goodwill. In connection with the acquisition, we assumed and subsequently repaid debt of approximately $5.2 million. In December 2002, we made earn-out payments of $8.7 million to the former stockholders of MNG representing all of the previously contingent purchase price. This additional purchase price was assigned to goodwill.
In January 2003, we acquired, by merger, all of the outstanding stock of Adroit Systems, Inc., or Adroit, a privately-held company specializing in national security, particularly providing services in the area of command and control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance, or C4ISR, to U.S. intelligence and defense organizations. The results of Adroit have been included in our financial statements from the January 31, 2003 date of the acquisition. The net purchase price consisted of initial cash payments to Adroit stockholders of approximately $33.3 million in the aggregate, with another $5.0 million of cash deposited in escrow to secure indemnification obligations of the former stockholders of Adroit. Of the purchase price, $4.6 million was allocated to identified intangible assets and $24.5 million was allocated to goodwill. In connection with the acquisition, we also assumed and subsequently repaid debt of $1.0 million. In addition, Adroit executives used $4.4 million of the net purchase price proceeds to buy an aggregate of 160,905 shares of our class A common stock at a price equal to the average closing stock price on the twenty trading days preceding the closing date.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, short- and long-term investments, and accounts receivable.
We believe that concentrations of credit risk with respect to cash equivalents and investments are limited due to the high credit quality of these investments. Our investment policy requires that investments be in direct obligations of the U.S. government, certain U.S. government sponsored entities, investments that are secured by direct or sponsored U.S. government obligations, or municipal obligations rated at least AA by both Moodys Investor Service and Standard and Poors. Our policy does not allow investment in any equity securities or the obligations of any entity under review for possible downgrade by a major rating service.
Investments in both fixed and floating rate interest earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. Fixed securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted because of a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectations because of changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities which have seen a decline in market value because of changes in interest rates. Investments are made in accordance with an investment policy approved by our Board of Directors. Under this policy, no investment securities may have maturities exceeding two years and the average duration of the portfolio cannot exceed nine months.
We believe that concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited as they are primarily federal government receivables.
As of June 30, 2002 and March 31, 2003, the carrying value of financial instruments approximated fair value.
To the extent borrowings are outstanding under our credit facility, we have some interest rate risk based on the variable interest rate of our revolving credit facility. Average borrowings under our revolving credit facility were not material in fiscal 2002 or the nine months ended March 31, 2003.
44
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations. SFAS No. 143 requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset retirement cost would be capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. We adopted this new standard as of July 1, 2002, and it had no impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which replaces SFAS No. 121. SFAS No. 144 requires that long-lived assets be measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, whether reported in continuing operations or in discontinued operations. SFAS No. 144 also broadens the reporting of discontinued operations to include all components of an entity with operations that can be distinguished from the rest of the entity and that will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the entity in a disposal transaction. We adopted this new standard as of July 1, 2002, and it had no impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections. Among other things, SFAS No. 145 rescinds both SFAS No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt, and the amendment to SFAS No. 4, SFAS No. 64, Extinguishments of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements. Through this rescission, SFAS No. 145 eliminates the requirement that gains and losses from the extinguishment of debt be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. Generally, SFAS No. 145 is effective for transactions occurring after May 15, 2002. We adopted this new standard as of July 1, 2002, and it had no impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which became effective January 1, 2003. SFAS No. 146 nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). SFAS No. 146 requires that an exit or disposal activity-related cost be recognized when the liability is incurred instead of when an entity commits to an exit plan. We adopted this new standard as of January 1, 2003 and it had no impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No., or FIN, 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others. FIN 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees. FIN 45 also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Since we had no guarantees as of January 1, 2003, the adoption of FIN 45 had no impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In November 2002, the FASBs Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, finalized EITF Issue 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables. EITF 00-21 addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting. It also addresses how arrangement consideration should be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting in an arrangement. EITF 00-21 does not apply to deliverables in arrangements to the extent the accounting for such deliverables is within the scope of other existing higher-level authoritative accounting literature. We must adopt the provisions of EITF 00-21 for new contracts entered into on or after July 1, 2003. We do not expect the application of EITF 00-21 to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
45
In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation. We do not presently expect to make such a voluntary change. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. These amended disclosure requirements are applicable for financial statements issued for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002.
In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51. This interpretation provides guidance for identifying a controlling financial interest established by means other than voting interests. It requires consolidation of variable interest entities by an enterprise that holds such a controlling financial interest (the primary beneficiary). The primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity is defined as the party that absorbs a majority of the entitys expected losses, receives a majority of its expected residual returns, or both, as a result of holding variable interests, which are the ownership, contractual, or other pecuniary interests in an entity. All enterprises with a variable interest in variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, must apply the provisions of FIN 46 to those entities immediately. Enterprises with a variable interest in a variable interest entity created before February 1, 2003, must apply the provisions of FIN 46 to that entity no later than the beginning of the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2003. We do not have a variable interest in any variable interest entity and therefore do not expect the provisions of FIN 46 to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, which clarifies and amends certain definitions and characteristics of derivative instruments contained in SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, FIN 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, and other existing pronouncements. We do not expect the adoption of this new standard to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability, or as an asset in some circumstances. We do not expect the adoption of this new standard to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
46
Overview
We are a leading provider of information technology services and solutions to U.S. federal government organizations in three principal markets: national security, health care and public health, and civil government. Our largest market, national security, includes the Department of Defense, the National Guard, the intelligence agencies, and other federal organizations with homeland security missions. We offer a broad range of services that spans the information technology life-cycle: strategic consulting; systems design, development, and integration; and outsourcing and operations management. In addition, to address recurring client needs, we have developed seven business solutions: text and data mining; contingency and disaster response planning; information assurance and critical infrastructure protection; enterprise systems management; enterprise architecture; network operations and management; and environmental strategies and technology. We combine a comprehensive knowledge of our clients business processes with the practical application of advanced information technology tools, techniques, and methods to create value-added solutions for our clients.
We have provided information technology services and solutions to federal government clients for nearly 25 years and have longstanding relationships with many of them. We have served clients within the Departments of the Army, Navy, and Air Force, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Department of the Treasury, and the Federal Emergency Management Agency for over 20 years. We currently serve over 300 government clients on over 700 active engagements. Our business is diversified, with no single engagement accounting for more than 5% of our revenue during any of the last three fiscal years or the nine months ended March 31, 2003. Since our founding in 1978, we have been engaged on over 5,500 projects. For each of the last three fiscal years and the nine months ended March 31, 2003, we have been the prime contractor on engagements representing over 94% of our total revenue.
Our executive team includes the core group of senior executives that has built the company over the past two decades. Our founder, president, and chief executive officer, Ernst Volgenau, our chairman, William K. Brehm, and our executive vice president and chief operating officer, Edward E. Legasey, have been with us in those capacities since our inception. Our 60 officers have an average tenure with our company of approximately 13 years, including any prior service with MNG or Adroit. Our management team is supported by a high quality staff of over 2,500 people at March 31, 2003, of whom approximately 95% are professional staff. Our professional staff is highly educated, with approximately one-third possessing advanced degrees. In addition, approximately 50% of our employees hold federal government security clearances.
From fiscal 1998 to fiscal 2002, we increased our revenue at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 13%. Our revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 was $361.2 million, a 15.6% increase over the prior fiscal year. Our revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2003 was $323.3 million, a 24.4% increase over the nine months ended March 31, 2002. As of March 31, 2003, our backlog was approximately $1.5 billion, of which $260.5 million was funded. As of June 30, 2002, our backlog was $1.0 billion, of which $158.7 million was funded. In January 2002, we acquired The Marasco Newton Group, Ltd., or MNG, our first government services acquisition. In January 2003, we acquired Adroit Systems, Inc., or Adroit, for its expertise in the areas of command and control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance, or C4ISR. We expect these acquisitions will enable us to sell our services and solutions to MNGs and Adroits existing client base and to jointly pursue potential new opportunities.
Industry Background
The federal government is the largest consumer of information technology services and solutions in the United States. According to INPUT, an independent federal government market research firm, the federal information technology market is expected to grow at an annual rate of 8.5% from $45.4 billion in federal fiscal year 2003 to $68.2 billion in federal fiscal year 2008. We believe that the federal governments spending on information technology will continue to increase in the next several years, driven by increases in national defense and homeland security programs, increased reliance on information technology outsourcing, demand for greater government efficiency and effectiveness, and the continuing impact of federal procurement reform.
47
Increased Spending on National Defense and Homeland Security. The terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 have intensified the federal governments commitment to strengthen our countrys military, intelligence, and homeland security capabilities. Even before the attacks, the Bush administrations June 2001 budget amendment increased the Department of Defenses preliminary federal fiscal year 2002 budget approximately 11% over federal fiscal year 2001 to $329 billion, which was further increased to $332 billion following the terrorist attacks. Department of Defense appropriations were increased to $376 billion for federal fiscal year 2003 and the administration has requested $390 billion in defense appropriations for federal fiscal year 2004, for an average annual growth rate over the past five years of 7%. The federal fiscal year 2004 homeland security budget proposal totals $41.3 billion, with $23.9 billion allocated for initiatives in the Department of Homeland Security, $6.7 billion allocated to the Department of Defense, and $10.7 billion allocated to other federal agencies.
We believe the focus on national security, homeland security, and intelligence will increase the need for information technology capable of supporting these functions. According to INPUT, federal information security spending will have nearly quadrupled from federal fiscal year 2001 to federal fiscal year 2004, and INPUT expects that spending will continue to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 6.9%, reaching $5.9 billion by federal fiscal year 2008. We also believe intelligence agencies will increase demand for data and text mining solutions to enable them to extract, analyze, and present data gathered from the massive volumes of information available through open sources such as the Internet. This increased focus has also reinforced the need for interoperability among the many disparate information technology systems throughout the federal government. The Department of Homeland Security and the intelligence agencies are increasingly interested in enterprise systems that enable better coordination and communication within and among agencies and departments.
Increased Reliance on Information Technology Outsourcing. According to INPUT, federal information technology outsourcing expenditures totaled $8.9 billion in 2003 and are expected to increase at a 12.6% compound annual growth rate to $16.1 billion by 2008. Outsourcing of information technology operations is becoming an increasingly attractive alternative for federal agencies that are striving to maintain their core functions with limited technical resources and a shrinking information technology workforce, while at the same time upgrading technology and standardizing and streamlining operations. We expect reductions in the federal information technology workforce to continue due to, among other factors, an increase in the number of retiring government employees. The Presidents budget proposal for federal fiscal year 2004 indicates that 40% of all federal workers and 71% of senior executives are eligible to retire by 2005.
Demand for Greater Government Efficiency and Effectiveness. Budget-constrained federal government agencies are under increasing pressure to cut costs, while at the same time continuing to improve and upgrade their technological capabilities. The Presidents Management Agenda makes it clear that the Bush administration is focused on governing with accountability and is looking to more tightly link spending with performance. We believe government chief information officers will increasingly pursue initiatives such as adopting an enterprise architecture and requiring a business justification for program approvals. We believe new services, including web services, will be particularly important as government agencies respond to the necessity for interoperability among the information technology systems throughout the government and the demand for comprehensive electronic services to the public.
Continuing Impact of Federal Procurement Reform. Over the past several years, federal government agencies have adopted procurement processes that are more similar to typical commercial contract acquisition practices. Changes in the procurement process have streamlined the process of purchasing information technology services by reducing procurement time and acquisition costs. These changes provide increased flexibility and enable government entities to award contracts based on factors other than price alone, such as successful past performance and distinguishing corporate and technical capabilities.
48
There are currently two widely used contract methods in federal procurement, single award/defined statement of work contracts and indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts:
| Single award/defined statement of work contracts. Under this contract method, which can take a year or more to complete, an agency solicits, qualifies, and then requests proposals from interested contractors. The agency then evaluates the bids and typically awards the contract to a single contractor for a specified service. Historically, single award/defined statement of work contracts were the most prevalent type of contract award used by federal government clients; however, the use of this type of contract has been declining for the past several years. |
| Indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts. Under this contract method, a federal government agency can form preferred provider relationships with one or more contractors. This category includes agency-specific indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts; government-wide acquisition contracts, or GWACs; and General Services Administration, or GSA, schedule contracts. These umbrella contracts outline the basic terms and conditions under which federal government agencies may order services. Indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts are typically managed by one agency, the sponsoring agency, and may be either for the use of a specific agency or available for use by any agency of the federal government. Indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts available for use by any agency of the federal government are commonly referred to as government-wide acquisition contracts, or GWACs. Contractors within the industry compete to be pre-selected to perform work under an indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contract. An ordering agency then issues delivery orders for services to be performed under the contract. If the indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contract has a single prime contractor, only that contractor may be awarded delivery orders. If the contract has multiple prime contractors, the award of the delivery order typically will be competitively determined among the pre-selected contractors. |
GSA schedules are listings of services and products, along with their respective prices, offered by federal government contractors. The schedules are maintained by the GSA for use by any federal agency or other authorized entity. In order for a contractor to enter into a contract with the GSA and be listed on a GSA schedule, the contractor must be pre-qualified and selected by the GSA. When an agency selects services under a GSA schedule contract, the user agency, or the GSA on its behalf, will typically conduct a competitive process, limited to qualified GSA schedule contractors.
Due to the lower contract procurement costs, reduced procurement time, and increased flexibility associated with indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts, GWACs and GSA schedule contracts have enjoyed increasing popularity in the last several years.
Market Opportunity. The federal governments demand for information technology services has increased, and is expected to continue to increase, as a result of planned increases in spending for national defense and homeland security; increased reliance on outsourced information technology programs; demand for greater government efficiency and effectiveness; and the continuing impact of federal procurement reform. We believe that for information technology providers to win contract awards from the federal government they must possess strong and stable management, highly skilled personnel, demonstrated technological expertise, a deep knowledge of the governments business processes, a strong record of past performance, and key positioning on many of the increasingly popular multiple award contract vehicles such as GSA schedule contracts, GWACs and other indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts.
Our Approach
We are a high-end information technology services and solutions provider focused on delivering results that create tangible value for our clients. We maintain the comprehensive information technology skills required to support the entire life-cycle of our clients systems, from strategic planning to operational support. We employ interdisciplinary teams to staff our engagements, which enables us to deliver services and solutions that combine our comprehensive knowledge of our clients business processes with the necessary technical expertise. Depending on client needs, we may integrate commercially available products with existing systems or develop a comprehensive solution that involves designing, integrating, maintaining, and upgrading a custom-built system.
49
To maximize our ability to deliver consistent results that successfully meet client needs, we have developed a proprietary project management and technical execution methodology, which we call ELITE. We train our project managers and technical leaders using this methodology, which emphasizes using mature, repeatable processes that reduce risk and maximize successful project completion. As a result, our company, including all its business units, has received a capability maturity model, or CMM, level 3 rating under the standards established by the Software Engineering Institute. This rating reflects that we have mature, repeatable processes that we believe help to reduce risk, improve technical delivery, contain costs, and meet demanding schedules. Often the federal government requires a CMM level 3 rating as a qualification to bid on complex software development and systems integration projects.
We believe we are able to execute our approach successfully as a result of five core strengths:
Strong, Stable Management and Highly Skilled Personnel
Our executive team includes the core group of senior executives that has built our company over the past two decades. Our 60 officers have an average tenure with our company of approximately 13 years, including any prior service with MNG or Adroit, providing extensive industry experience and strong continuity of management. Several members of our management team are former senior military officers or government officials who have deep knowledge of the federal government and its information technology needs. Our corporate culture fosters teamwork and excellence, which has contributed to our being named in 2003 by Fortune magazine as one of the 100 Best Companies to Work For in America for the fourth consecutive year. This in turn has enhanced our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled personnel. Our professional staff is highly educated, with approximately one-third holding advanced degrees.
Knowledge of Government Clients Business Processes
We have served clients within the Departments of the Army, Navy, and Air Force, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Department of the Treasury, and the Federal Emergency Management Agency for over 20 years. As a result of these longstanding relationships, we have developed a deep knowledge of our clients business processes, which enables us to design solutions that address their strategic goals and integrate with their existing systems. We have also recruited strategic hires with significant governmental or technical experience who have added to our knowledge of our clients business processes and who have extended our expertise into new areas.
Technical Expertise
We invest in research and development in areas such as text mining, data mining and data warehousing, information assurance, and other emerging technologies in order to offer clients the most up-to-date technological solutions. We use our proprietary intellectual property, including our ELITE life-cycle methodology, to provide value-added solutions for our clients.
Proven Record of Past Performance
We have provided information technology services and solutions to the federal government for nearly 25 years and have longstanding relationships with many of our clients. In order to promote high quality results and client satisfaction, we emphasize long-term assignment of required staff and consistently review our project performance. On competitively awarded engagements on which we were the incumbent, we have a renewal rate of at least 95% for each of the last three fiscal years and the nine months ended March 31, 2003. We calculate our contract renewal rate based on the number of engagements that come up for recompetition during the period and the number of those recompetitions that we win.
Key Positioning as a Prime Contractor
We are currently a prime contractor on four of the federal governments five largest information technology services GWACs: Millennia, Millennia Lite, CIO-SP2i, and ITOP II. The Department of Transportation has announced that ITOP II will become an agency-specific indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contract. We hold five GSA schedule contracts and we are a prime contractor on more than 20 agency-specific indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity contracts. This broad contract portfolio gives us extensive reach as a preferred provider and enables us to deliver the full range of our services and solutions to any organization in the federal government.
50
Serving as a prime contractor positions us to achieve better client relationships, to exert more control and influence over quality, to have clearer visibility into future opportunities, and to earn enhanced profit margins.
Growth Strategy
Our objective is to continue to profitably grow our business as a leading provider of information technology services and solutions to a wide variety of federal government organizations. Our growth strategy includes the following:
Leverage Our Longstanding Client Relationships to Cross-Sell Our Full Range of Services
We plan to continue expanding the scope of the services we provide to our existing clients. We are adept at penetrating, cross-selling to, and building-out existing client accounts through our successful performance and comprehensive knowledge of their business, which has led to many long-term contract relationships. We believe our high level of client satisfaction and deep knowledge of our clients business processes enhance our ability to cross-sell additional services.
Increase Our Client Base
We believe that the federal governments increasing reliance on outsourcing and the increased emphasis on national security and homeland security, coupled with the changes in procurement reform, have significantly increased our market opportunity. We have a longstanding heritage of supporting the federal government in the areas of contingency and disaster response planning; information assurance; critical infrastructure protection; and command and control, communications, and intelligence. We intend to leverage this broad experience to expand our client base to include organizations in the federal government for which we have not historically worked. We believe our ability to win new clients is enhanced by our position as a prime contractor on four of the five largest information technology services GWACs. These contracts enable us to sell our services and solutions to virtually any federal government agency. In addition, we intend to continue strategic hiring to expand the breadth of our expertise into new areas of the federal government or new technologies. We have used strategic hires as a cost-effective way to build-out client accounts, to establish new competencies, and to penetrate new markets.
Focus Our Applied Research and Development Investments to Enhance Our Core Business
We intend to continue to invest in applied research and development initiatives to enhance our competitive position within our core C&SI business. For example, we have recently employed proprietary intellectual property developed through these initiatives in engagements relating to multimedia data fusion used for preparing daily intelligence briefings for senior government executives, text extraction for multiple languages, aircraft incident discovery and correlation, bioterrorism detection, and gene expression analysis.
Pursue Strategic Acquisitions
We plan to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions to complement internal growth and to position ourselves to capitalize on anticipated high growth areas. For example, we acquired MNG in January 2002 and Adroit in January 2003. Our acquisition strategy is focused on firms that will enable us to cost-effectively add new clients, specific agency knowledge, or technical expertise. We intend to continue to selectively acquire high quality companies that accelerate our access to existing or new markets that we believe have strong growth dynamics.
Our Services and Business Solutions
Our Services
We offer a broad range of information technology services that spans the information technology life-cycle, including: strategic consulting; systems design, development, and integration; and outsourcing and operations management.
Strategic Consulting. We help our clients formulate business and execution plans to address their information technology needs. We also identify and implement changes that will significantly improve their performance, cost effectiveness, and quality of service. We assess current operations, develop strategies and plans for improvement, and design enterprise architectures that enable our clients to capitalize on investments in legacy systems while enabling them to transition to modern technology environments. As part of this process, we
51
perform economic analyses to compare the projected cost of proposed technologies to the anticipated operational benefit. We use interdisciplinary teams that understand both the business problem and the potentially applicable technology solutions to help our clients avoid costly consulting advice that they cannot practically implement. Our strategic consulting engagements often lead to additional work.
Systems Design, Development, and Integration. We provide a full range of systems design, development, and integration services to our clients, including project management, systems engineering, security engineering, network design, software development, enterprise application integration, database and data warehouse design and development, test and evaluation, configuration management, training, and implementation support. We develop system concepts, define requirements, design architectures, and integrate complex mission-critical systems. Depending upon client requirements, we design custom-built systems as well as integrate a variety of commercially available software applications. The advanced technology applications that we develop for our clients can be integrated with their legacy systems, enabling our clients to benefit from their prior investments. We specialize in high performance system architectures, intuitive graphical and multimedia user interfaces, and the application of web services and other Internet technologies to large, distributed systems.
Outsourcing and Operations Management. We provide a wide range of outsourcing solutions to help our government clients increase their operating efficiency and respond to a declining federal government information technology labor force. Depending on our clients needs, we manage their technical infrastructures, operate and manage their networks, and even manage and operate their entire business processes. Our client engagements in this area are typically long-term and we focus on improving performance and reducing the cost of operation by making capital-for-labor substitutions, and by using sophisticated tools to reduce the need for expensive human support. We also support our clients with operations management services, sometimes referred to as co-sourcing, if they are not yet ready to completely outsource functions. In these engagements, we work side-by-side with our clients. Some of these engagements lead to completely outsourced operations.
Our Business Solutions
We have developed seven business solutions that focus on specific business requirements that are common to many of our clients. These business solutions apply to clients within each of our target markets. Our core business solutions include data and text mining applications, contingency and disaster response planning, information assurance and critical infrastructure protection, enterprise systems management, enterprise architecture, network operations and management, and environmental strategies and technology. These business solutions consist of repeatable tools, techniques, and methods that reflect the specific competencies we have gained from significant experience in these areas. Our current business solutions are enhanced through our focus on applied research and development in the areas of natural language processing and information security.
Text and Data Mining. We offer clients a variety of software applications to help solve the general problem of information overload and to find valuable information that is hidden in vast amounts of data, whether it is structured information in databases or unstructured textual information such as e-mail. Our clients in this area have included intelligence agencies, Wall Street firms, stock exchanges, and large on-line publishers, such as LexisNexis, a division of Reed Elsevier Inc. We have developed text mining software applications for analyzing unstructured text, such as newspapers, e-mail, web pages, and reports, and we have extensive specialized expertise in natural language processing. For over a decade, we have created and deployed software applications to automatically analyze text in English and in foreign languages, such as Arabic, Chinese, and Spanish.
In addition to our text mining solutions, we offer data mining and data warehousing solutions that enable our clients to sort through growing collections of data. We collect, extract, transform, and store data from a variety of structured sources including text, spreadsheets, databases, data marts, and data warehouses. Our solutions store data in an analytical data warehouse, apply patterns to the data to find pre-defined conditions, and support end-user access to this business intelligence. In addition, we apply advanced data mining tools and techniques to discover hidden patterns of potential value. We support clients in a wide variety of applications on projects that range from research to applications development to analytical services. For example, we have developed a fraud detection system for the Internal Revenue Service that employs advanced data mining techniques to build models that are applied to electronic and paper tax returns to identify potential patterns of
52
fraud at significantly higher levels of efficiency than previous methods. At the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services we apply data mining techniques to analyze Medicare claims to detect known schemes of fraudulent activity and to discover new patterns of activity that may be indicative of fraud, waste, or abuse. In addition to fraud detection, we employ data mining and warehousing techniques to critical federal government activities including helping the Federal Aviation Administration track aging aircraft in the commercial fleet through a central data warehouse and using analytical tools to discover problems and trends.
Contingency and Disaster Response Planning. For nearly two decades, we have helped clients prepare for, respond to, and recover from natural and technological disasters. We provide a full spectrum of solutions including planning, training, simulated exercises, and automated support systems to help our clients prepare for events that could adversely affect their operations. We work closely with our clients to assess site-specific threats, determine essential functions that cannot be interrupted, and define the activities needed to sustain them. We also design and implement programs to train client personnel for their emergency activities and design and conduct periodic exercises to validate plans, procedures, responsibilities and resources, as well as to reinforce training. For example, we developed continuity-of-operations plans for major Department of Defense organizations, including clients within the Departments of the Army, Navy, and Air Force; the Defense Information Systems Agency; and the Office of the Secretary of Defense; and civilian agencies such as the U.S. Forest Service. From a disaster response perspective, we have also assisted the Coast Guard by supporting the spills-of-national-significance program, the Environmental Protection Agency in its response to the shuttle Columbia disaster, and the Federal Emergency Management Agency in its evaluation of its response to a typhoon in Guam.
Information Assurance and Critical Infrastructure Protection. We provide a comprehensive information assurance, or IA, program to help ensure the security of enterprise systems and the valuable information contained in their systems. Our services include security engineering, vulnerability analysis, systems certification and accreditation, regulatory compliance, penetration testing, intrusion detection and response systems, backup and recovery planning, and security awareness training.
We support the Department of the Interior by performing IA assessments of classified and mission-critical systems, conducting security awareness training, developing and implementing a computer security incident response capability, and performing information security program risk and gap analysis. We help the Department of Labor, or DOL, to develop security policy, as well as programs and systems security plans, conduct risk assessments and penetration testing for DOL systems, and lead self-assessments for the DOL using the CIO Councils Federal Enterprise Architecture Framework. We also provide IA services to the Department of Justice, the General Services Administration, and the Environmental Protection Agency.
Enterprise Systems Management. We help clients reduce the cost and complexity of managing distributed computer environments across geographically dispersed locations. We use a full life cycle methodology featuring mature, repeatable processes that are flexible and scalable to meet specific client needs. For example, we led the Internal Revenue Services agency-wide implementation of IBMs Tivoli enterprise systems management solution and now assist the Internal Revenue Service in its support of more than 110,000 users. This is one of the largest federal government Tivoli implementations ever undertaken. Our services have included requirements definition, design and architecture development, systems and network management, workflow and configuration management, performance measurement and call center support. Other enterprise systems management clients include the U.S. Army, the Department of Defenses Missile Defense Agency, and the U.S. Forest Service. We have experience with industry-leading commercial enterprise systems management software tools, including IBMs Tivoli products, Computer Associates Unicenter products, BMCs Remedy products, and Hewlett-Packards Open View products.
Enterprise Architecture. As organizations grow, their legacy computer systems and disparate networks often preclude essential sharing and reuse of data and create security challenges. An enterprise architecture, or EA, is a blueprint to streamline and standardize an organizations business processes and computer systems with common hardware and software and to ensure that its components are able to cooperate and more easily share
53
and reuse data. The need for interoperability among the many business and technology systems throughout the federal government has been reinforced by the increased focus on national security. We believe all departments and agencies, including the Department of Homeland Security and the intelligence agencies, have a heightened need for enterprise systems that enable better coordination and communication.
We apply EA to help our clients cost-effectively optimize their business programs, information systems, and technologies. We assess existing business systems, related information flows, and the technologies that handle them to allow our clients to capitalize on their investments, while providing a framework that will enable them to plan and manage a transition to their target environment. For example, we are providing EA support for the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. General Accounting Office as part of the modernization of their information technology infrastructures. In fiscal 2003, we were awarded a General Services Administration Federal Systems Integration and Management Center contract that includes designing an EA that will provide the framework for the enhancement of management and support systems within the Department of Defense Missile Defense Agency.
Network Operations and Management. The reliable, secure operation of enterprise networks is a necessity for organizations to obtain the greatest value from their knowledge and information assets. We help clients to improve productivity and decrease costs by applying innovative network engineering solutions designed to ensure their ability to transfer information quickly and efficiently and to meet their current and future information needs. We also provide network management and operations support to maintain, manage, and improve our clients network infrastructures. We have extensive experience in selecting, integrating, and maintaining commercial off-the-shelf products and developing custom solutions to meet the specific needs of our clients.
Our services include network design and migration; systems and database administration; proactive monitoring for network performance and availability; enterprise backup and recovery; and video and data network consolidation. For example, we provide a broad range of enterprise-wide network engineering to support the U.S. General Accounting Offices information technology infrastructure. We also provide network engineering and operations services for an advanced Network Operations Center for the National Guard Bureau and for its GuardNet XXI telecommunications network. Other clients for whom we provide these services include Puget Sound Naval Shipyard and the National Institutes of Health.
Environmental Strategies and Technology. Our MNG Center for Environmental Strategies and Technology provides environmental strategies and solutions including management consulting and analytical services, policy analysis, alternative dispute resolution services, and information technology solutions. For the Environmental Protection Agency and other federal agencies with environmental missions, we assist with the long-term stewardship of land and the environment, ranging from site assessment to establishing reuse options. For state and local governments, we work on program initiatives that promote economic and community redevelopment, voluntary cleanups, and other redevelopment initiatives. We also provide environmental compliance services for industry to assist in complying with federal or state regulations.
54
Target Markets
We deliver our information technology services and business solutions to federal government clients within three target markets:
| national security, which consists of two components: |
| command and control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance, or C4ISR, and |
| information systems for the Department of Defense; |
| health care and public health; and |
| civil government. |
We have also licensed software and provided information technology services to a few commercial clients.
The following is a summary of our business in each of our markets:
Total revenue |
Number of active engagements as of March 31, 2003 |
Contract backlog as of March 31, 2003 | |||||||||
Market |
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 |
Nine months ended March 31, 2003 |
|||||||||
(in millions) |
(in millions) | ||||||||||
National security |
$ |
179.6 |
$ |
177.3 |
339 |
$ |
852.7 | ||||
Health care and public health |
|
70.0 |
|
56.3 |
90 |
|
328.5 | ||||
Civil government |
|
98.2 |
|
84.4 |
292 |
|
296.8 | ||||
Commercial |
|
13.4 |
|
5.3 |
* |
|
* | ||||
Total |
$ |
361.2 |
$ |
323.3 |
721 |
$ |
1,478.0 | ||||
* | Not meaningful for the commercial market. |
National Security
We view the national security market as consisting of two distinct components: C4ISR and defense information systems.
Command and Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance. National security organizations, including all branches of the military, must maintain positive command and control of their forces and resources. This requires secure, redundant, and survivable communications and the integrated information systems and facilities, or command centers, necessary to monitor status, assess alternatives, and execute plans. We are one of the leading information technology service providers in the development and integration of command and control systems and decision support systems for the Department of Defense. To strengthen our position in this rapidly growing area, we acquired Adroit Systems, Inc., or Adroit, on January 31, 2003. Based in Alexandria, Virginia, Adroit specializes in surveillance and reconnaissance and derives most of its revenue from contracts with the Department of Defense and intelligence agencies. Adroit provides us with greater access into a number of new areas, including requirements analysis, architectural engineering, system integration, and program management of mission critical initiatives related to unmanned aerial vehicles, special operations, intelligence, and homeland security. These new areas complement the work we already perform for our clients, such as the design, engineering, and implementation of national security command centers for the National Military Command Center, National Military Joint Intelligence Center, Army Operations Center, Air Force Operations Group, and the Navy Command Center. We also help military and other government departments and agencies with homeland security missions to strengthen defenses against emerging unconventional threats to the United States, such as terrorist acts, weapons of mass destruction, assaults on critical infrastructures, and cyber-based attacks. We apply advanced technology to support clients within the intelligence community with solutions in foreign language text understanding, information extraction, data mining and data warehousing, natural language processing, network engineering, and information assurance.
55
The following two examples are representative of our C4ISR programs. In these descriptions, as well as those that appear later in this section, the revenue indicated reflects aggregate revenue we have recognized from inception of the engagement, or directly related predecessor engagements, through March 31, 2003. The indicated period of performance reflects our current expectations about completion of the engagement, including the assumption that all option periods are exercised, if applicable.
Pentagon Renovation, Command Center, and Network Engineering
| ||||
Revenue through 3/31/03 |
Period of performance |
SRA role | ||
$39.3 million |
July 1996 March 2004 |
Prime | ||
Requirement: Upgrade the information and telecommunications systems infrastructure of the Pentagon, including development of new command centers and integration of command and control information systems.
| ||||
Solution: The Department of Defense hired us as the lead contractor for one of its premier advanced telecommunications engineering design and integration programs. The Department of Defense is currently implementing a more than $1 billion renovation of the Pentagon, including replacement of all telecommunications and command centers. Our work includes requirements analysis, engineering, installation and testing of unclassified, secret, top secret and other secure high-speed networks; integration of 120 critical C4ISR applications; and engineering and integration of the command centers in the Pentagon.
| ||||
Airborne Reconnaissance Ground Station Support
| ||||
Revenue through 3/31/03 |
Period of performance |
SRA role | ||
$1.3 million(1) |
July 2000 December 2007 |
Prime/Sub | ||
Requirement: Integrate ground stations and airborne collection platforms into the Department of Defenses joint ground station architecture, referred to as the Distributed Common Ground System, or DCGS. This system allows various airborne data collection platforms, including unmanned aerial vehicles, or UAVs, to forward time-critical images to various strike platforms, day or night.
| ||||
Solution: Our Adroit C4ISR Center is performing a leadership role in integrating the Department of Defense ground stations to ensure they are compliant with the DCGS architecture. In the near-term, the Department of Defense plans to procure more UAVs to help fill a gap in the United States data collection capabilities worldwide. As a result of increased procurements, we will have the opportunity to integrate new and more airborne platforms into the DCGS architecture. (1) Reflects revenue we have recognized since our acquisition of Adroit on January 31, 2003.
|
Defense Information Systems. We have provided information technology support to clients within the Department of Defense for more than 20 years. We currently support Department of Defense organizations including the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the defense agencies, the Joint Chiefs of Staff organizations, the three military departments, the four military services, the National Guard, and the command structure. Our
56
engagements in this area typically involve the design, development, integration, and implementation of large, complex information systems. We are recognized for our functional expertise in the areas of logistics, transportation, acquisition, personnel, finance, and installation management.
The following two examples are representative of our defense information systems programs:
Puget Sound Naval Shipyard Network and Software Engineering
| ||||
Revenue through 3/31/03 |
Period of performance |
SRA role | ||
$56.0 million |
October 1996 January 2010 |
Prime | ||
Requirement: The Navy sought assistance to provide technical support services in meeting its telecommunications and software engineering requirements at the Puget Sound Naval Shipyard, or PSNS. The PSNS is one of the worlds largest nuclear shipyards, supporting approximately 8,500 engineering and industrial personnel engaged in mission-critical fleet activities.
| ||||
Solution: We have provided enterprise-wide, comprehensive information technology services to the PSNS since 1996. Services include network engineering and operations, database engineering, software engineering, systems security, systems administration, and project management. On behalf of PSNS, we support over 6,600 users and provide long-term operations support to over 1,000 applications and more than 100 major production and training databases. As of March 31, 2003, we managed more than 60 staff, including the personnel of several subcontractors.
| ||||
National Guard Bureau
| ||||
Revenue through 3/31/03 |
Period of performance |
SRA role | ||
$27.6 million |
September 2001September 2009 |
Prime | ||
Requirement: Manage and operate the Army National Guard Network, or GuardNet XXI. This network is a complex telecommunications network that delivers data and video services to over 30,000 users in 54 states and territories. The network consolidates video and data communications functions to support readiness, mobilizations, command and control, and computer emergency response, in addition to the various missions assigned to the National Guard. In addition, a single integrator is required to provide enterprise-wide technology services for the National Guard Bureau Chief Information Officer.
| ||||
Solution: We operate an advanced Network Operations Center, or NOC, where we provide comprehensive network support services twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. Other services in support of the NOC include: enterprise architecture planning and design; systems integration; database management; and support to the National Guards portion of the Defense Message System. We operate a video operations center and a computer emergency response team. We also deliver infrastructure and program management support for implementation of firewalls to provide enhanced security for GuardNet XXIs wide-area network infrastructure. Separately, we provide a broad range of advanced information technology services and solutions to the National Guard Bureau Chief Information Officer and Reserve Component. Our services include project management, information assurance, systems engineering and integration, software and database development, integration of commercial off-the-shelf products, operations and maintenance, customer relationship management, other user services, and analysis and implementation of emerging technologies. |
57
Health Care and Public Health
Our health care and public health clients throughout the federal government include both military and civil organizations, such as the Military Health Services System, the Food and Drug Administration, and the Department of Health and Human Services, which includes the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the National Institutes of Health, the Food and Drug Administration, and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. We combine knowledge of health care issues with expertise in all aspects of information technology to aid in projects such as business process outsourcing, bioinformatics, knowledge discovery, data mining and data warehousing, and health care facility planning.
The following two examples are representative of our health care and public health programs:
National Practitioner Data Bank for the Department of Health and Human Services
| ||||
Revenue through 3/31/03 |
Period of performance |
SRA role | ||
$76.7 million |
July 1994 June 2007 |
Prime | ||
Requirement: Reengineer existing paper and mainframe based systems for the National Practitioner Data Bank, or NPDB, and develop the Healthcare Integrity and Protection Data Bank, or HIPDB. Operate and enhance these data banks for the Department of Health and Human Services. The NPDB collects and discloses certain information related to the professional competence and conduct of physicians, dentists, and other health care practitioners. The HIPDB is a national health care fraud and abuse data collection system for reporting final adverse actions taken against health care providers, suppliers, or practitioners. | ||||
Solution: We designed, developed, and engineered, and continue to operate and maintain, the large nationwide web-based systems and high-profile databases of the NPDB and HIPDB under a total outsourcing arrangement. We process over 4 million transactions each year for more than 15,000 registered entities nationwide. The NPDB contains over 320,000 reports on more than 200,000 medical practitioners. The HIPDB contains over 140,000 reports on more than 50,000 medical practitioners, providers, and suppliers. Under this performance-based, fixed-price contract, our responsibilities include, ongoing system development and enchancement, system operation, software maintenance, user support, payment collection, and dispute resolution. The NPDB and the HIPDB are examples of high volume federal e-government applications.
| ||||
The National Institutes of Health
| ||||
Revenue through 3/31/03 |
Period of performance |
SRA role | ||
$102.4 million |
December 1996 December 2010 |
Prime | ||
Requirement: Provide comprehensive information technology solutions in support of the National Institutes of Health, or NIH.
| ||||
Solution: Representative work for NIH includes strategic consulting, wireless applications, network engineering, software development, network operations, and tasking in a variety of life science areas such as genomics and proteomics. We have also developed bioinformatics tools to help the NIH manage and analyze the vast amount of genetic data made available by breakthroughs in these areas. Our support to the NIH encompasses over 26 active engagements and the management of a staff of more than 180, including the personnel of several subcontractors, as of March 31, 2003.
| ||||
58
Civil Government
Our civil government clients include organizations within the Departments of Treasury, Transportation, State, Labor, Commerce, Agriculture, and Veterans Affairs; the Environmental Protection Agency; the National Archives and Records Administration; the Small Business Administration; the Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts; the General Accounting Office; and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. We serve as a strategic advisor and solutions provider to our clients, helping them to better achieve their missions through gains in productivity, streamlined operations, and enhanced service to citizens.
The following two examples are representative of our civil government programs:
Network Outsourcing for the General Accounting Office
| ||||
Revenue through 3/31/03 |
Period of performance |
SRA role | ||
$52.7 million |
July 1998 July 2009 |
Prime | ||
Requirement: Transform the unstable network of the U.S. General Accounting Office, or GAO, into a high-availability information technology infrastructure that serves more than 3,800 users at its headquarters and 11 field offices nationwide. | ||||
Solution: We provide a broad range of onsite, enterprise-wide network engineering and other services to support the GAOs information technology infrastructure. Our work includes maintaining the local area and wide area network operation and interfaces, as well as Internet and intranet capabilities. The GAO expanded our work to include security engineering, maintenance, software engineering, Web applications, enterprise architecture, business process reengineering, and change management. With our help, GAO improved its total cost of ownership and client satisfaction.
| ||||
Treasury Information Processing Support Services (IRS TIPSS & TIPSS-2)
| ||||
Revenue through 3/31/03 |
Period of performance |
SRA role | ||
$151.0 million |
July 1996 May 2004 |
Prime | ||
Requirement: Provide large-scale program management, engineering, and information technology services to the Internal Revenue Service in support of their day-to-day operations and tax system modernization.
| ||||
Solution: As of March 31, 2003, we managed a staff of approximately 150 people, including subcontractor personnel, performing 14 different engagements including engineering, operation, and management support of the Internal Revenue Services enterprise network using the Tivoli enterprise systems management software. This network supports over 110,000 users, over 750 Cisco routers, approximately 30 ATM switches, and approximately 800 locations. We assisted in the redesign of the existing T1 and ATM networks and support call routing when taxpayers call the Internal Revenue Service seeking assistance. Another major, long-term engagement for the Internal Revenue Service is our work implementing and now operating its Computer Security Incident Response Center. We have documented the as-built architecture, an important element of the overall modernization program. We also provide strategic consulting, process reengineering, enterprise architecture, and tax fraud discovery using data mining techniques.
| ||||
59
Existing Contract Profile
Contract Types. As of March 31, 2003, we had over 700 active contract engagements, each employing one of three types of price structures: cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, and fixed-price.
Cost-plus-fee contracts. Cost-plus-fee contracts provide for reimbursement of allowable costs and the payment of a fee, which is our profit. Cost-plus-fixed-fee contracts specify the contract fee in dollars. Cost-plus-award-fee contracts typically provide for a base fee amount, plus an award fee that varies, within specified limits, based upon the clients assessment of our performance as compared to contractual targets for factors such as cost, quality, schedule, and performance. The majority of our cost-plus-fee contracts are cost-plus-fixed-fee.
Time-and-materials contracts. Under a time-and-materials contract, we are paid a fixed hourly rate for each direct labor hour expended and we are reimbursed for allowable material costs and out-of-pocket expenses. To the extent our actual direct labor costs vary in relation to the fixed hourly billing rates provided in the contract, we will generate more or less profit.
Fixed-price contracts. Under a fixed-price contract, we agree to perform the specified work for a pre-determined price. To the extent our actual costs vary from the estimates upon which the price was negotiated, we will generate more or less than the anticipated amount of profit or could incur a loss. Some fixed-price contracts have a performance-based component, pursuant to which we can earn incentive payments or incur financial penalties based on our performance. We generally do not undertake complex, high-risk work under fixed-price terms.
Our historical contract mix, measured as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated, is summarized in the table below.
Fiscal year ended June 30, |
Nine months ended March 31, |
||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||||||
Cost-plus-fee |
54 |
% |
62 |
% |
52 |
% |
54 |
% |
42 |
% | |||||
Time-and-materials |
29 |
|
23 |
|
31 |
|
30 |
|
38 |
| |||||
Fixed-price |
17 |
|
15 |
|
17 |
|
16 |
|
20 |
|
Government Wide Acquisition Contracts and GSA Schedule Contracts. We are a leading supplier of information technology services and solutions to federal government clients under GWACs and are currently a prime contractor on four of the five largest information technology services GWACs, measured by the aggregate dollar amount of delivery order awards as of March 31, 2003. We also hold five GSA schedule contracts: Schedule 70, MOBIS, Environmental Advisory Services, Professional Engineering Services, and Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Systems and Related Services. GWACs and GSA schedule contracts are becoming increasingly popular contract award methods, offering more flexible, cost-effective, and rapid procurement processes.
The following table sets forth our primary GSA schedule contracts and the GWAC contracts on which we currently act as a prime contractor. The period of performance indicated below includes all option years.
Contract name |
Host agency |
Period of performance |
Contract ceiling value | |||
(in billions) | ||||||
CIO-SP2i |
NIH |
December 2000December 2010 |
$20.0 | |||
ITOP II (ISE, SOM) |
DOT |
January 1999January 2006 |
10.0 | |||
Millennia |
GSA FEDSIM |
April 1999April 2009 |
25.0 | |||
Millennia Lite |
GSA FTS |
June 2000June 2010 |
20.0 | |||
GSA Schedule 70 |
GSA FSS |
May 1997May 2007 |
No ceiling | |||
GSA MOBIS |
GSA FSS |
June 1998September 2007 |
No ceiling | |||
GSA EAS |
GSA FSS |
September 1999August 2004 |
No ceiling | |||
GSA PES |
GSA FSS |
October 2000September 2005 |
No ceiling | |||
GSA UAV |
GSA FSS |
June 2001May 2006 |
No ceiling |
60
Revenue under our GWAC and GSA schedule contracts accounted for 46% of our total federal government revenue in fiscal 2000, 49% in fiscal 2001, 56% in fiscal 2002, and 63% for the nine months ended March 31, 2003.
Largest Engagements
Our ten largest current client engagements are listed below, ranked by total contract value as of March 31, 2003. Contract value represents revenue recognized since contract inception through March 31, 2003 and total contract backlog as of that date. We are a prime contractor on each of these programs.
Engagement |
Contract value as of March 31, 2003 |
Revenue through March 31, 2003 |
Contract backlog as of March 31, 2003 |
Period of performance |
Contract vehicle | ||||||||
(in millions) |
(in millions) |
(in millions) |
|||||||||||
Advanced Information Technology Services (AITS) |
$ |
115.5 |
$ |
0.2 |
$ |
115.3 |
3/03-9/07 |
ITOP II | |||||
General Accounting Office |
|
105.4 |
|
1.7 |
|
103.7 |
2/03-2/09 |
Millennia | |||||
U.S. Army Combat Support Services Automation Management Office |
|
95.4 |
|
27.5 |
|
67.9 |
7/00-7/08 |
Millennia | |||||
National Institutes of Health NINDS |
|
83.6 |
|
4.2 |
|
79.4 |
8/01-8/11 |
CIO-SP2i | |||||
Department of Health and Human Services National Practitioner Data Bank (NPDB, HIPDB) |
|
78.1 |
|
20.1 |
|
58.0 |
5/01-6/07 |
ITOP II | |||||
National Institutes of Health DNST |
|
68.0 |
|
6.0 |
|
62.0 |
12/01-12/11 |
CIO-SP2i | |||||
Army National Guard GuardNet XXI |
|
64.7 |
|
16.5 |
|
48.2 |
9/01-9/09 |
GSA Schedule 70 | |||||
U.S. Navy Puget Sound Naval Shipyard |
|
47.3 |
|
15.2 |
|
32.1 |
11/00-11/10 |
Millennia | |||||
U.S. Air Force AC2SRC |
|
40.6 |
|
5.4 |
|
35.2 |
12/00-12/10 |
Millennia Lite | |||||
National Guard Network Operations Center |
|
36.5 |
|
4.5 |
|
32.0 |
5/02-9/09 |
GSA Schedule 70 |
Backlog
As of March 31, 2003, our backlog was approximately $1.5 billion, of which $260.5 million was funded. As of June 30, 2002, our backlog was approximately $1.0 billion, of which $158.7 million was funded. We define backlog to include funded and unfunded orders for services under existing signed contracts, assuming the exercise of all priced options relating to those contracts. We currently expect to recognize revenue during the last quarter of fiscal 2003 from approximately 7% of our total backlog as of March 31, 2003. Our backlog includes orders under contracts that in some cases extend for several years, with the latest expiring at the end of calendar year 2011.
We define funded backlog to be the portion of backlog for which funding currently is appropriated and obligated to us under a contract or other authorization for payment signed by an authorized purchasing authority, less the amount of revenue we have previously recognized.
We define unfunded backlog as the total value of signed contracts, less funding to date. Unfunded backlog includes all contract options that have been priced but not yet funded. Unfunded backlog does not take contract ceiling value into consideration, nor does it include any estimate of future potential delivery orders that might be awarded under indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity, GWAC or GSA schedule multiple award contract vehicles.
We cannot assure you that we will recognize any revenue from our backlog. The federal government has the prerogative to cancel any contract or delivery order at any time. Most of our contracts and delivery orders have cancellation terms that would permit us to recover all or a portion of our incurred costs and potential fees in such cases. Backlog varies considerably from time to time as current contracts or delivery orders are executed and new contracts or delivery orders under existing contracts are won.
Subcontractors
When we act as a prime contractor, as we typically do, we derive revenue either through our own work or through the efforts of our subcontractors. As part of the contract bidding process, we may enter into teaming
61
agreements with subcontractors to enhance our ability to bid on large, complex engagements or to more completely address a particular clients requirements. Teaming agreements and subcontracting relationships are useful because they permit us as a prime contractor to compete more effectively on a wider range of projects. In addition, we may engage a subcontractor to perform a discrete task on a project or a subcontractor may approach us because of our position as a prime contractor. When we are a prime contractor on an engagement, we are ultimately responsible for the overall engagement as well as the performance of our subcontractors. Revenue derived from work performed by subcontractors represented approximately 35% of our revenue for each of the last three fiscal years and 31% of our revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2003. No single subcontractor accounted for more than 3% of our revenue during any of the last three fiscal years or the nine months ended March 31, 2003.
Applied Research and Development and Intellectual Property
We have historically undertaken applied research and development initiatives to enhance our competitive position. We believe that the development of intellectual property is a factor in our success. We employ technologies that we have developed in engagements relating to text mining, data mining, gene expression analysis, intrusion detection, and multimedia data fusion.
We perform research and development efforts largely in the area of natural language processing, applied text mining, data mining, information security, and other emerging technologies. We also leverage our intellectual property by integrating it into component technologies and vertical applications. We have recognized software licensing revenue from several applications that we have developed.
Some of our research and development investments have led to the formation of separate companies, including Mail2000, Inc., which provides software-based services to expedite the delivery of large volumes of mail, and Mantas, Inc., which provides services to the financial services industry to address anti-money laundering and other efforts. In February 2001, we sold our minority interest in Mail2000, recognizing a pre-tax gain of $11.8 million, including the reversal of the $900,000 accrual for probable losses under funding commitments we made to Mail2000, Inc. In May 2001, Mantas, which was previously one of our service offerings, was contributed to a separate company, Mantas, Inc., which we formed with funding and other contributions received from Safeguard Scientifics and the National Association of Securities Dealers. We have retained a non-controlling equity interest in Mantas, Inc. In October 2002, we sold the assets of our Assentor practice for approximately $5 million. We had developed Assentor as a solution for financial services firms to screen and archive e-mail messages using our proprietary text mining technology.
Although we believe it is important to continue to invest in technology to enhance our information technology services and solutions, we have eliminated such spending in our emerging technologies segment and expect all future research and development expenses to be targeted to the needs of our federal government clients as we continue to sharpen our focus on our core consulting and systems integration business.
We rely upon a combination of nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements and copyright, trademark, patent, and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary rights. We also enter into confidentiality and intellectual property agreements with all of our employees that require them to disclose any inventions created during employment, that convey all rights to inventions to us, and that restrict the distribution of proprietary information.
Clients
Our federal government clients typically exercise independent contracting authority, and even offices or divisions within an agency or department may directly, or through a prime contractor, use our services as a separate client so long as that client has independent decision-making and contracting authority within its organization. We consider each office or division within an agency or department, which directly or through a
62
prime contractor, engages us, to be a separate client. Under the TIPSS-2 contract with the Internal Revenue Service, program managers throughout the Internal Revenue Service are able to purchase a wide range of our solutions. The Internal Revenue Service, as a client group, accounted for approximately 12% of our revenue in fiscal 2000 and 10% in fiscal 2002. No other client or client group accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in any of the last three fiscal years or the nine months ended March 31, 2003.
During the nine months ended March 31, 2003, federal government clients accounted for 98% of our revenue, with the remaining 2% attributable to commercial clients. During the nine months ended March 31, 2003, we derived 55% of our revenue from our national security business, 17% from our health care and public health business, 26% from our civil government business, and the remaining 2% from commercial clients. Since our inception in 1978, we have been engaged on over 5,500 projects. We currently support 13 of the 15 federal departments in the executive branch, all branches of the military services, and the judicial and legislative branches of the federal government. No single engagement accounted for more than 5% of our revenue in the nine months ended March 31, 2003.
The following table sets forth some of our current clients for each of our federal government businesses.
Selected current federal government clients
National security |
Health care and public health |
Civil government | ||
Department of Defense: |
Department of Health and Human Services: |
Department of Treasury: | ||
Department of the Army |
Office of Secretary |
Internal Revenue Service | ||
Department of the Navy |
National Institutes of Health |
Department of Justice | ||
Department of the Air Force |
Food and Drug Administration |
Department of Interior | ||
U.S. Army Reserves |
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention |
Department of Labor | ||
U.S. Marine Corps |
Health Resources and Services |
Department of State | ||
Joint Chiefs of Staff |
Administration |
Department of Commerce | ||
U.S. Transportation Command |
Administration for Children and Families |
Department of Veterans Affairs | ||
Air Mobility Command |
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid |
Department of Transportation: | ||
Military Sealift Command |
Services |
Federal Aviation Administration | ||
Military Traffic Management Command |
Department of Defense: |
Department of Agriculture | ||
Office of the Secretary of Defense |
Office of the Secretary of Defense |
Department of Housing and Urban | ||
Defense Manpower Data Center |
(Health Affairs) |
Development | ||
Defense Advanced Research Projects |
Army Medical Command |
Environmental Protection Agency | ||
Agency |
Army Telemedicine and Advanced |
Small Business Administration | ||
Defense Logistics Agency |
Technology Center |
National Archives and Records | ||
Defense Information Systems Agency |
Air Force Surgeon General |
Administration | ||
Army National Guard |
General Services Administration | |||
Various intelligence agencies |
General Accounting Office | |||
Department of Homeland Security |
Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts | |||
Federal Reserve Board | ||||
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation | ||||
Sales and Marketing
We have a highly disciplined sales and marketing process that relies upon the business units addressing each of our target markets to further penetrate and build-out their existing accounts and our centralized federal sales and marketing organization to win new competitive procurements. Primary responsibility for selling additional services to existing clients, including client account build-out and capture of follow-on work, rests with our business units. Recognizing the importance of client account management, we assign entrepreneurial managers and executives to oversee our major accounts.
Primary responsibility for identifying, qualifying, bidding, and winning new competitive procurements, either for new clients or for large strategic new programs within existing clients, rests with our centralized federal
63
sales and marketing organization. We have approximately 30 experienced sales and marketing professionals that perform client development, corporate communications, procurement support, pricing, and proposal development. Members of our sales and marketing organization work closely with their counterparts in our business units as we compete to win new business.
Competition
We compete to win single award contracts and multiple award contracts, such as GWACs and GSA schedule contracts. After we have won a multiple award contract, we then compete for individual delivery orders under the contract. For example, GSA schedule contracts and prime contractor positions on GWACs are typically awarded to multiple contractors. A multiple award contract will list both the providers and the labor categories of products and services that can be performed under the contract. An individual agency that desires to obtain a service typically invites approved providers to compete based on technological expertise, resources, price, or some other basis. Because each of these contracts may provide for hundreds of delivery orders, the primary competition for this business is for delivery orders.
We compete with a variety of competitors in each of our three target markets and we encounter many of the same competitors in each market. These competitors include:
| Federal systems integrators such as Affiliated Computer Services, Inc., American Management Systems, Incorporated, Anteon International Corporation, BoozAllen & Hamilton Inc., CACI International Inc., Computer Sciences Corporation, Electronic Data Systems Corporation, Science Applications International Corporation, Unisys Corporation, and Veridian Corporation; |
| Divisions of large defense contractors such as Lockheed Martin Corporation, Northrop Grumman Corporation, and Raytheon Company; |
| Consulting firms such as Accenture Ltd, BearingPoint, Inc., and International Business Machines Corporation; and |
| Other smaller and specialized government information technology contractors. |
Employees and Corporate Culture
Our success as an information technology services and solutions company is highly dependent on our employees. We believe we have been successful in developing a culture that enables our employees to succeed. We emphasize three essential attributesan ethic of honesty and service, quality work and client satisfaction, and caring about our people. We reinforce these principles regularly in our recruiting process, training programs, proposals, company meetings, and internal communications. Our active recruiting effort is aligned with our strategic business units and relies heavily on employee referrals in addition to a variety of other recruiting methods. Our primary source of our new recruits is employee referrals, which accounted for approximately one-third of our new hires over the past five years. We have found these referrals to be a reliable source of excellent employees. As a result of our continued focus on our employees, in 2003 we were named by Fortune magazine as one of the 100 Best Companies to Work for in America for the fourth consecutive year.
As of March 31, 2003, we had over 2,500 employees. Approximately 50% of our employees have federal government security clearances. Approximately 95% of our employees are information technology and other professionals or managers and approximately 5% are administrative managers or support specialists. Our professional staff is highly educated, with approximately one-third holding advanced degrees. None of our employees is represented by collective bargaining agreements, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated as Systems Research and Applications Corporation in Virginia in 1976 and began operations in 1978. We reincorporated in Delaware as SRA International, Inc. in 1984. We generally contract with the federal government through our wholly owned subsidiary, Systems Research and Application Corporation, but we do business as SRA International, Inc.
64
Facilities
We lease our office facilities and we do not own any facilities or real estate. We have leased our corporate headquarters at 4350 Fair Lakes Court in Fairfax, Virginia 22033 since 1991. Currently the two buildings comprising our headquarters are leased under separate leases with the same landlord. Both of our headquarters leases expire on December 31, 2015. We also lease other facilities in Alexandria, Arlington, Fairfax, Falls Church, and Newport News, Virginia; Baltimore, Landover, Linthicum, New Carrollton, and Rockville, Maryland; Atlanta and Warner Robins, Georgia; Shrewsbury, New Jersey; Durham, North Carolina; Dayton, Ohio; San Antonio, Texas; San Diego, California; Fairview Heights, Illinois; and Bremerton, Washington. In addition, we have employees who work on engagements at other smaller operating locations around the United States.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are involved in various legal matters and proceedings concerning matters arising in the ordinary course of business. We currently believe that any ultimate liability arising out of these matters and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
65
Executive Officers and Directors
Our executive officers and directors, and their ages as of May 31, 2003, are as follows:
Name |
Age |
Title | ||
Ernst Volgenau |
69 |
President, chief executive officer and director (class expiring in fiscal 2005) | ||
Renato A. DiPentima |
62 |
Senior vice president and president, SRA Consulting & Systems Integration | ||
Stephen C. Hughes |
46 |
Senior vice president and chief financial officer | ||
Barry S. Landew |
44 |
Senior vice president for corporate development | ||
Edward E. Legasey |
58 |
Executive vice president and chief operating officer | ||
William K. Brehm |
74 |
Chairman of the board of directors (class expiring in fiscal 2004) | ||
John W. Barter |
56 |
Director (class expiring in fiscal 2006) | ||
Steven A. Denning |
54 |
Director (class expiring in fiscal 2006) | ||
Michael R. Klein |
61 |
Director (class expiring in fiscal 2005) | ||
Delbert C. Staley |
78 |
Director (class expiring in fiscal 2004) |
Ernst Volgenau is our founder and has served as our president, chief executive officer, and a director since our inception in 1978. From 1976 to 1978, he served as the director of inspection and enforcement for the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Dr. Volgenau retired from active duty with the U.S. Air Force as Colonel in 1976. His military service included positions in the Office of the Secretary of Defense and as director of data automation for the Air Force Logistics Command.
Renato A. DiPentima has served as senior vice president and president of our consulting and systems integration division since we formed it in January 2001. From July 1997 to January 2001, he served as president of our government sector, overseeing government business, projects, and contracts. From July 1995 to July 1997, Dr. DiPentima served as vice president and as our chief information officer. Prior to joining us, Dr. DiPentima held several senior management positions in the federal government, most recently serving as deputy commissioner for systems at the Social Security Administration, from May 1990 to June 1995.
Stephen C. Hughes has served as our chief financial officer since March 1996 and as senior vice president, finance and accounting since 1993. From March 1989 to May 1993, he was our vice president of finance; from April 1986 to March 1989, he served as our comptroller; and from 1984 to 1986, he served as our manager of accounting. Mr. Hughes practiced in the computer audit and tax groups of Coopers and Lybrand, which is now a part of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, from 1983 to 1984.
Barry S. Landew has served as our senior vice president for corporate development since May 1993 and our vice president for corporate development from 1989 through April 1993. In April 2000, Mr. Landew was also named president of SRA Ventures where he led our efforts to develop our intellectual property, including creating new companies targeted at commercial markets. From 1980 to 1989, he served in various positions with us, including software engineer, program manager, and the head of our proposal development unit.
Edward E. Legasey has served as our executive vice president since March 1989 and our chief operating officer since July 1997. Mr. Legasey served as senior vice president and general manager for program operations from August 1985 to March 1989 and as vice president from our inception to August 1985. He served at the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission from 1976 to 1978 and was an officer in the U.S. Air Force from 1967 to 1976 with responsibilities for development of logistics information systems and software testing and evaluation.
William K. Brehm has served on our board of directors since 1978 and has been our chairman since 1980. From 1977 to 1980, he served as executive vice president and director of Computer Network Corporation, a
66
computer systems company based in Washington, D.C. Mr. Brehm served as Assistant Secretary of Defense from 1973 to 1977. He was vice president for corporate development of Dart Industries, a consumer products company, from 1971 to 1973. He also served as Assistant Secretary of the Army from 1968 to 1970, following four years of service on the staff of the Secretary of Defense.
John W. Barter has served on our board of directors since April 2003. From 1988 to 1994 he was senior vice president and chief financial officer of AlliedSignal, Inc., now known as Honeywell International, Inc., an advanced technology and manufacturing company. From October 1994 until his retirement in December 1997, Mr. Barter was executive vice president of AlliedSignal and President of AlliedSignal Automotive. After retiring from AlliedSignal, Inc., Mr. Barter served briefly as chief financial officer of Kestrel Solutions, Inc., a telecommunications company, from January 2000 to May 2001. Kestrel declared bankruptcy in October 2002. Mr. Barter also serves on the board of directors of Bottomline Technologies, Inc., a financial resources management software company, and BMC Software, Inc., an independent systems software vendor.
Steven A. Denning has served on our board of directors since April 2002. Mr. Denning is the executive managing member of General Atlantic Partners, LLC, a private equity investment firm focused exclusively on information technology, communications and media investments on a global basis. He has been with General Atlantic or its predecessor since 1980. Mr. Denning is a director of Exult, Inc., a human resources outsourcing company, Eclipsys Corporation, a healthcare information technology company, and one private information technology company in which investment entities affiliated with General Atlantic are investors.
Michael Klein has served on our board of directors since December 1998. He has been a partner of Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering, a law firm based in Washington, D.C., since 1974. Mr. Klein co-founded and currently serves as chairman of the board of directors of CoStar Group, Inc., a provider of electronic commercial real estate information, and currently serves as vice chairman of Perini Corporation, a civil engineering and building construction company.
Delbert C. Staley has served on our board of directors since October 1996. Mr. Staley served as the chairman and chief executive officer of NYNEX Corporation, a telecommunications company, from 1983 until his retirement in 1989.
Each executive officer serves at the discretion of the board of directors and holds office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Stockholders Agreement
In April 2002, we entered into a stockholders agreement with several of our stockholders, including each of our executive officers, and investment entities affiliated with General Atlantic Partners, LLC, or GAP. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, the GAP entities have the right to designate one member of our board of directors and we are obligated to use our best efforts to cause that designee to be nominated and elected to our board of directors and its committees. In addition, our executive officers agreed to vote their shares of our common stock in favor of any designee of the GAP entities nominated to the board of directors. Under the stockholders agreement, we appointed Steven A. Denning, as the designee of the GAP entities, to be a director and a member of our audit and executive compensation committees. These rights and obligations terminate once the GAP entities cease to own at least 423,529 shares of class A common stock.
Election of Directors
The board of directors is divided into three classes, each of whose members serve for a staggered three-year term. Messrs. Brehm and Staley serve in the class of directors whose term expires in fiscal 2004. Messrs. Klein and Volgenau serve in the class of directors whose term expires in fiscal 2005. Messrs. Barter and Denning serve in the class whose term expires in fiscal 2006.
67
Compensation of Directors
Pursuant to our compensation plan for outside directors, we pay each non-employee director $24,000 per year, $2,400 per year to serve as a committee chair person, $2,000 for each board meeting attended, and $2,000 for each face-to-face committee meeting or $1,000 for each teleconference committee meeting held on a date different from a board meeting. At the beginning of each calendar year, each director may choose to receive his retainer, paid quarterly, either all in cash, 50% in cash and 50% in shares of class A common stock, or all in shares of class A common stock. From time to time, the board of directors may grant outside directors options to purchase our class A common stock.
In April 2003, our board of directors approved a grant of stock options to our outside directors. These options have not yet been granted, but will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our class A common stock on the grant date. These options will be granted to Mr. Barter (20,000 shares), Mr. Denning (20,000 shares), Mr. Klein (10,000 shares) and Mr. Staley (10,000 shares).
Board Committees
The board of directors has established an executive compensation committee, an audit committee, and a governance committee. The executive compensation committee, consisting of Messrs. Denning, Klein, and Staley, reviews executive salaries, administers our bonus, incentive compensation and stock plans, and approves the salaries and other benefits of our executive officers. In addition, the executive compensation committee consults with our management regarding our pension and other benefit plans and compensation policies and practices.
The audit committee, consisting of Messrs. Barter, Denning, and Staley, reviews the professional services provided by our independent public accountants, the independence of our accountants from our management, our annual financial statements, and our system of internal accounting controls. The audit committee also reviews other matters with respect to our accounting, auditing, and financial reporting practices and procedures as it may find appropriate or may be brought to its attention.
The governance committee, consisting of Messrs. Denning, Klein, and Staley, recommends corporate governance principles to the full board of directors, oversees the evaluation of the board of directors and senior management team, and oversees our management transition planning. The governance committee also oversees the recruitment of new board members and nominates director candidates for election and re-election. In addition, the governance committee makes recommendations regarding director compensation to the full board of directors and ensures that non-management directors meet regularly in executive session.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Two of the three members of our compensation committee during fiscal 2002, Dr. Volgenau and Mr. Brehm, were during that period officers or employees of our company. No interlocking relationships exist between any member of our board of directors or compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company, nor has any interlocking relationship existed in the past.
68
Executive Compensation
The following table sets forth the total compensation paid or accrued for the last two fiscal years for our chief executive officer and each of our four other executive officers, collectively referred to as the named executives.
Summary Compensation Table
Fiscal |
Long-Term Compensation |
|||||||||||||
Awards |
||||||||||||||
Annual Compensation |
Securities Underlying Options(1) |
All Other Compensation |
||||||||||||
Name and Principal Position |
Year |
Salary |
Bonus |
|||||||||||
Ernst Volgenau |
2002 |
$ |
311,000 |
$ |
337,595 |
|
$ |
458,890 |
(2) | |||||
President and Chief Executive Officer |
2001 |
|
311,000 |
|
195,797 |
10,405 |
|
458,725 |
(2) | |||||
Edward E. Legasey |
2002 |
|
280,000 |
|
305,444 |
|
|
19,690 |
(3) | |||||
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer |
2001 |
|
280,000 |
|
174,942 |
10,405 |
|
19,525 |
(3) | |||||
Renato A. DiPentima |
2002 |
|
250,000 |
|
280,946 |
29,411 |
|
2,090 |
(4) | |||||
Senior Vice President and President |
2001 |
|
245,000 |
|
240,688 |
21,688 |
|
1,925 |
(4) | |||||
SRA Consulting & Systems Integration |
||||||||||||||
Barry S. Landew |
2002 |
|
225,000 |
|
152,799 |
|
|
2,090 |
(4) | |||||
Senior Vice President for Corporate Development |
2001 |
|
180,000 |
|
166,530 |
16,605 |
|
1,925 |
(4) | |||||
Stephen C. Hughes |
2002 |
|
210,000 |
|
185,376 |
|
|
2,090 |
(4) | |||||
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
2001 |
|
185,000 |
|
142,731 |
18,211 |
|
1,925 |
(4) |
(1) | Represents options to acquire shares of class A common stock. |
(2) | Includes premiums of $456,800 on term life insurance on the life of the executive paid by our company. Our company is the sole beneficiary of these policies, and is obligated to use the proceeds of the policies to repurchase shares of the executives common stock upon his death. In September 2002, pursuant to a letter agreement amending the agreement between our company and the executive, our company reduced the amount of insurance on the executives life to $10.0 million. The corresponding annual premium is now $53,200. Also includes 401(k) matching contributions of $2,090 in fiscal year 2002 and $1,925 in fiscal year 2001 paid on behalf of the executive. |
(3) | Includes a premium of $17,600 of term life insurance on the life of the executive paid by our company. This policy was cancelled on May 21, 2002. Also includes 401(k) matching contributions of $2,090 in fiscal year 2002 and $1,925 in fiscal year 2001 paid on behalf of the executive. |
(4) | Represents 401(k) matching contributions of $2,090 in fiscal year 2002 and $1,925 in fiscal year 2001 paid on behalf of the executive. |
69
Stock Options
The table below contains information relating to stock options granted to the named executives during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. All of these options were granted to purchase class A common stock. The percentage of total options granted to employees set forth below is based on an aggregate of 107,344 shares subject to options granted to our employees in fiscal 2002.
Option Grants in the Last Fiscal Year
Individual Grants |
|||||||||||||||||||
Number of Securities Underlying Options Granted |
Percent of Total Options Granted to Employees in Fiscal Year 2002 |
Exercise Price Per Share |
Expiration Date |
Potential Realizable Value at Assumed Annual Rates Of Stock Price Appreciation for Option Term(1) | |||||||||||||||
Name |
0% |
5% |
10% | ||||||||||||||||
Ernst Volgenau |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Edward E. Legasey |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Renato A. DiPentima (2) |
29,411 |
27.4 |
% |
$ |
10.15 |
12/21/2016 |
$ |
230,906 |
$ |
802,088 |
$ |
1,912,935 | |||||||
Barry S. Landew |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||
Stephen C. Hughes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term of the option at the time of grant. Assumed rates of stock price appreciation of 0%, 5% and 10% are prescribed by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our prediction of our stock price performance. The potential realizable values at 0%, 5% and 10% appreciation are calculated by assuming that the price of $18.00 per share in our initial public offering, which we have assumed for accounting purposes was the fair market value on the date of grant, appreciates at the indicated rate for the entire 15-year term of the option and that the option is exercised at the exercise price and sold on the last day of its term at the appreciated price. |
(2) | These options vest at a rate of 25% per year on each of December 21, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006. |
Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Option Values
The following table sets forth information for the named executives with respect to options exercised by them during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 and the value of their options outstanding as of June 30, 2002.
Aggregate Option Exercises in Fiscal Year 2002 and Fiscal Year-End Option Values
Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise(1) |
Value Realized(2) |
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options at Fiscal Year End |
Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at Fiscal Year End(3) | ||||||||||||
Name |
Exercisable |
Unexercisable |
Exercisable |
Unexercisable | |||||||||||
Ernst Volgenau |
167,647 |
$ |
1,494,258 |
306,484 |
33,953 |
$ |
7,301,236 |
$ |
619,273 | ||||||
Edward E. Legasey |
602,941 |
|
5,041,770 |
275,014 |
33,953 |
|
6,417,272 |
|
619,273 | ||||||
Renato A. DiPentima |
97,647 |
|
1,097,616 |
162,633 |
92,461 |
|
3,268,157 |
|
1,654,033 | ||||||
Barry S. Landew |
|
|
|
361,593 |
36,162 |
|
9,083,352 |
|
668,725 | ||||||
Stephen C. Hughes |
33,088 |
|
605,363 |
143,141 |
49,367 |
|
3,138,508 |
|
908,969 |
(1) | Represents shares of class A common stock. |
(2) | Represents the difference between the exercise prices and the fair market value per share of the class A common stock at the date of exercise, as determined by our board of directors. All exercises were prior to our initial public offering of our class A common stock. |
(3) | Represents the difference between the exercise price and $26.98, which was the last sale price of the class A common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 28, 2002, the last trading day of fiscal 2002. |
70
Stock and Benefit Plans
1985 Key Employee Incentive Plan
Our original incentive plan provided for the grant of various types of stock awards, including incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and nonqualified options. As of May 31, 2003, options to purchase 812,019 shares of class A common stock were outstanding under the 1985 plan, excluding options to be exercised by some of the selling stockholders to purchase an aggregate of 65,000 shares of our class A common stock, which they will sell in this offering. Our board of directors provided that no additional grants would be made under the 1985 plan following our initial public offering in May 2002.
1994 Stock Option Plan
Our 1994 stock option plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and nonqualified options. As of May 31, 2003, options to purchase 2,906,389 shares of class A common stock were outstanding under the 1994 plan. Our board of directors provided that no additional grants would be made under the 1994 plan following our initial public offering in May 2002.
2002 Stock Incentive Plan
Our 2002 stock incentive plan was adopted by our board of directors in March 2002 and approved by our stockholders in April 2002. Up to 3,529,411 shares of our class A common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2002 plan. As of May 31, 2003, options to purchase 1,043,085 shares of class A common stock were outstanding under the 2002 plan. Pursuant to the terms of the 2002 plan, the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2002 plan will automatically increase at the beginning of each fiscal year, beginning with fiscal 2004, by a number equal to the lesser of (i) 3% of the outstanding shares of our class A common stock and class B common stock then outstanding, (ii) an amount determined by the board of directors, and (iii) 1,176,470 shares of class A common stock. The 2002 plan provides that no participant may be granted awards in excess of 294,117 shares of class A common stock in any calendar year.
The 2002 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards and other stock-based awards.
Our officers, employees, directors, outside consultants and advisors and those of our subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the 2002 plan. Under present law, however, incentive stock options may only be granted to employees.
Optionees receive the right to purchase a specified number of shares of our class A common stock at a specified option price, subject to the terms and conditions of the option grant. We may grant options at an exercise price less than, equal to or greater than the fair market value of our class A common stock on the date of the grant. Under present law, incentive stock options and options intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code may not be granted at an exercise price less than the fair market value of the class A common stock on the date of grant, or less than 110% of the fair market value in the case of incentive stock options granted to optionees holding more than 10% of our voting power. The 2002 plan permits our board of directors to determine how optionees may pay the exercise price of their options, including by cash, check or in connection with a cashless exercise through a broker, by surrender of shares of common stock to us, or by any combination of the permitted forms of payment.
Our board of directors has authority to administer the 2002 plan. Our board of directors has the authority to adopt, amend and repeal the administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the 2002 plan and to interpret its provisions. It may delegate authority under the 2002 plan to one or more of our executive officers. Our board of directors has authorized the compensation committee to administer the 2002 plan, including the granting of options to our executive officers. Subject to any applicable limitations contained in the 2002 plan, our board of directors, our compensation committee or any other committee or executive officer to whom our board of directors delegates authority, as the case may be, selects the recipients of awards and determines:
71
| the number of shares of class A common stock covered by options and the dates upon which such options become exercisable; |
| the exercise price of options; |
| the duration of options; and |
| the number of shares of class A common stock subject to any restricted stock or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions of such awards, including the conditions for repurchase, issue price, and repurchase price. |
In the event of a merger, liquidation, or other acquisition event, all outstanding options or other stock-based awards under the 2002 plan may be assumed or substituted for by the acquiror. If the options are not assumed or substituted for by the acquiror, all unexercised options will become exercisable in full as of a specified period of time before the event and will terminate immediately prior to the event.
No award may be granted under the 2002 plan after March 2012, but the vesting and effectiveness of awards granted before those dates may extend beyond those date. Our board of directors may at any time amend, suspend, or terminate the 2002 plan.
401(k) Plan
We adopted an employee savings and retirement plan qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code and covering all of our employees. Pursuant to the 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have the amount of such reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. We make matching contributions to the 401(k) plan, and may make discretionary and extra contributions in amounts determined annually by our board of directors. We contributed shares of class A common stock and cash to our 401(k) plan totaling approximately 88,235 shares of class A common stock and $794,305 in fiscal 1999, 106,649 shares of class A common stock and $1,221,177 in fiscal 2000, 105,995 shares of class A common stock and $1,410,842 in fiscal 2001, 118,419 shares of class A common stock and $1,571,777 in fiscal 2002 and 62,616 shares of class A common stock and $1,609,328 in the nine months ended March 31, 2003.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees
Some of our key employees are eligible to defer a specified percentage of their cash compensation by having it contributed to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Eligible employees may defer up to 25% of annual base salary and up to 50% of annual performance bonuses. We fund deferred contribution liabilities by making cash contributions to a trust at the time the salary or bonus being deferred would otherwise be payable to the employee. Employees can direct that these amounts be invested in a variety of third-party financial instruments. Gains or losses on amounts held in the trust are fully allocable to plan participants.
72
Repurchase of shares from senior executives, chairman and charities
Previously, we were party to an agreement with Dr. Volgenau, Mr. Brehm, Mr. Legasey, and two former executives who no longer own any shares of our common stock, that obligated us to purchase up to $200,000 in any calendar year of the common stock of each of Dr. Volgenau and Mr. Brehm and up to $75,000 in any calendar year of the common stock of Mr. Legasey. The purchase price per share for these purchases was the fair market value of the common stock, as determined from time to time by our board of directors. These annual purchase requirements were able to be increased upon the agreement of Dr. Volgenau and Mr. Brehm. This agreement was terminated upon the closing of our initial public offering in May 2002.
Previously, we maintained an informal internal repurchase program in which our stockholders, including our executive officers, were periodically offered the opportunity to sell shares of common stock to us. The purchase price per share in this program was the fair market value of the common stock as determined from time to time by our board of directors. We discontinued this repurchase program after the closing of our initial public offering in May 2002. The table below sets forth the dates, number of shares and price per share of each repurchase from our executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders since July 1, 1999. All repurchases were of class A common stock.
Name |
Date of repurchase |
Number of shares |
Price per share | ||||
Ernst Volgenau |
November 2001 |
123,529 |
$ |
10.15 | |||
Edward E. Legasey |
November 2001 August 2001 |
7,058 205,822 |
|
10.15 8.50 | |||
May 2001 |
20,588 |
|
8.50 | ||||
November 2000 |
23,529 |
|
10.03 | ||||
Barry S. Landew |
November 2001 |
20,588 |
|
10.15 | |||
March 2001 |
40,060 |
|
10.03 |
In addition, Dr. Volgenau and Mr. Brehm have donated shares of common stock held by them to various charities over the last three fiscal years and we have purchased those shares from the charities as set forth in the following table.
Name |
Date of repurchase |
Number of shares |
Price per share | ||||
Ernst Volgenau |
November 2001 |
12,317 |
$ |
10.15 | |||
William K. Brehm |
October/November 2001 |
61,584 |
|
10.15 | |||
May 2001 |
117,647 |
|
8.50 | ||||
October/November 2000 |
50,000 |
|
10.03 | ||||
November 1999 |
18,529 |
|
8.30 |
Mr. Brehm has also transferred shares of common stock held by him to a charitable remainder unitrust and we have purchased those shares from the trust as set forth in the following table. This trust distributes a fixed 10% of the trust assets each year to Mr. Brehm and his wife during their lives and provides that the remainder of the trust assets will be distributed to charity upon their deaths.
Name |
Date of repurchase |
Number of shares |
Price per share | ||||
William K. Brehm |
October 2001 |
147,798 |
$ |
10.15 | |||
October/November 2000 |
200,000 |
|
10.03 |
Life insurance policies and stock purchase agreements with executive officers and chairman
Pursuant to a stock purchase agreement with Dr. Volgenau, we are obligated to use the proceeds of term life insurance that we maintain on his life to repurchase shares of his common stock upon his death. Under the stock
73
purchase agreement, the purchase price per share for this purchase is the fair market value of the stock, as most recently determined by our board of directors. Prior to our initial public offering in May 2002, the agreement did not obligate us to maintain any specified level of insurance. From June 2000 until September 26, 2002, we maintained policies having an aggregate value of $80.0 million on the life of Dr. Volgenau, with aggregate annual premiums of $456,800. We have been the sole beneficiary of these policies since their inception. On May 19, 2002, we amended the purchase agreement with Dr. Volgenau to provide that we would be obligated following our initial public offering to maintain these life insurance policies through 2010. The purchase agreement was further amended on September 26, 2002, to reduce the amount of coverage from $80.0 million to $10.0 million, with premiums for the $10.0 million policy being $53,200 per year. These premiums are fixed until 2010. We also agreed that, should these policies cease to be available before 2010, we will purchase and maintain life insurance policies providing the maximum coverage for the remainder of that period that can be purchased with the same overall annual premiums.
We terminated a similar stock purchase agreement with Mr. Brehm on May 21, 2002. We also terminated a similar informal arrangement with Mr. Legasey at that time. We cancelled the life insurance policies on Mr. Brehms and Mr. Legaseys lives on May 21, 2002. From June 2000 until May 21, 2002, we maintained a policy having a value of $20.0 million on the life of Mr. Brehm, with an annual premium of $211,660. From June 2000 until May 21, 2002, we maintained a policy having a value of $10.0 million on the life of Mr. Legasey, with an annual premium of $17,600. We were the sole beneficiary of these policies since their inception.
Option grants to non-employee directors and executive officers
Since July 1, 1999, we have granted options to purchase shares of our class A common stock at prices ranging from $8.30 to $24.80 to our executive officers and non-employee directors as set forth below pursuant to our 1994 stock option plan and our 2002 stock incentive plan. These options all vest at a rate of 25% per year over four years.
Name |
Date of grant |
Exercise price per share |
Number of shares of class A common stock issuable pursuant to option | ||||
Ernst Volgenau |
August 2002 |
$ |
24.80 |
24,020 | |||
June 2001 |
|
8.50 |
10,405 | ||||
June 2000 |
|
9.54 |
29,564 | ||||
Edward E. Legasey |
August 2002 |
|
24.80 |
30,020 | |||
June 2001 |
|
8.50 |
10,405 | ||||
June 2000 |
|
9.54 |
29,564 | ||||
Renato A. DiPentima |
August 2002 |
|
24.80 |
29,130 | |||
December 2001 |
|
10.15 |
29,411 | ||||
June 2001 |
|
8.50 |
21,688 | ||||
June 2000 |
|
9.54 |
35,205 | ||||
March 2000 |
|
8.30 |
29,411 | ||||
Stephen C. Hughes |
August 2002 |
|
24.80 |
35,330 | |||
June 2001 |
|
8.50 |
18,211 | ||||
June 2000 |
|
9.54 |
19,711 | ||||
March 2000 |
|
8.30 |
44,117 | ||||
Barry S. Landew |
August 2002 |
|
24.80 |
17,750 | |||
June 2001 |
|
8.50 |
16,605 | ||||
June 2000 |
|
9.54 |
9,858 | ||||
March 2000 |
|
8.30 |
29,411 | ||||
William K. Brehm |
August 2002 |
|
24.80 |
6,270 | |||
June 2001 |
|
8.50 |
13,141 | ||||
June 2000 |
|
9.54 |
19,711 | ||||
Michael R. Klein |
December 2001 |
|
10.15 |
14,705 |
74
Sale of Class A Common Stock to General Atlantic Partners
In April 2002, we and several of our stockholders, including our executive officers, entered into a stock purchase agreement with four investment entities affiliated with General Atlantic Partners, LLC, or GAP, a private investment group, whereby the GAP entities purchased an aggregate of 2,117,645 shares of class A common stock at a per share price of $18.70. Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, we sold 535,348 shares of class A common stock and our executive officers sold the following numbers of shares pursuant to the stock purchase agreement:
Name |
Number of shares | |
Ernst Volgenau |
482,352 | |
Renato A. DiPentima |
58,823 | |
Stephen C. Hughes |
33,088 | |
Barry S. Landew |
73,529 | |
Edward E. Legasey |
411,764 |
In addition, William K. Brehm donated 58,823 shares of class A common stock to a charity and 52,941 shares of class A common stock to a charitable remainder unitrust that, in turn, sold the shares to the GAP entities. This charitable remainder unitrust distributes a fixed 7.5% of the trust assets each year to Mr. Brehm and his wife during their lives and provides that the remainder of the trust assets be distributed to charity upon their deaths. Dr. Volgenau donated 105,882 shares of class A common stock to a charity that, in turn, sold the shares to the GAP entities. The remaining shares purchased by the GAP entities were sold by other employees of ours.
In connection with the stock purchase agreement, we also entered into a registration rights agreement with the GAP entities, granting them specified rights with respect to the registration of their shares of class A common stock under the Securities Act. This agreement is described more fully under Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights.
We also entered into a stockholders agreement with some of our stockholders, including our executive officers and the GAP entities. The stockholders agreement prohibits the GAP entities from selling, disposing of, or hedging any of their shares of class A common stock until October 23, 2003, without our prior written consent, subject to limited exceptions. The stockholders agreement also provides the GAP entities the right to designate one member of our board of directors and obligates us to use our best efforts to cause that designee to be nominated and elected to our board of directors and our committees. The parties to the stockholders agreement, including our executive officers, also agreed to vote their shares of our common stock in favor of any designee of the GAP entities nominated to our board of directors. Under the stockholders agreement, we appointed Steven A. Denning, as the designee of the GAP entities, to be a director and a member of our audit and executive compensation committees. In addition, the stockholders agreement provides the GAP entities with specified preemptive rights with respect to specified future private placements of the capital stock, or securities convertible into our capital stock. All the rights and obligations under the stockholders agreement terminate once the GAP entities cease to own at least 423,529 shares of class A common stock.
Policy on Future Transactions
For all future transactions, our board of directors has adopted a policy that all transactions between us and our officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates must (i) be approved by a majority of the disinterested members of our board of directors and (ii) be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
75
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2003, by:
| each person who beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; |
| each of our stockholders selling shares in this offering; |
| each of our directors; |
| each of our executive officers; and |
| all of our directors and executive officers as a group. |
The percentages shown are based on 13,415,209 shares of class A common stock and 8,511,577 shares of class B common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2003, after giving effect to the issuance of an aggregate of 65,000 shares of class A common stock upon the exercise of stock options by some of the selling stockholders in connection with this offering, and 15,908,209 shares of class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering, including the 2,493,000 shares that are being offered for sale by us in this offering. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and includes voting and investment power with respect to shares. The number of shares beneficially owned by a person includes shares subject to options held by that person that were exercisable as of May 31, 2003 or within 60 days of May 31, 2003. The shares issuable under those options are treated as if they were outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding those options but are not treated as if they were outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of common stock, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person owning more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock is c/o SRA International, Inc., 4350 Fair Lakes Court, Fairfax, VA 22033.
The following table sets forth the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by the indicated parties, assuming all shares of class B common stock were converted into shares of class A common stock.
Shares beneficially owned prior to the offering |
Shares offered in the offering (13) |
Shares beneficially owned after the offering |
||||||||||
Beneficial Owner |
Number |
Percentage |
Number |
Percentage |
||||||||
Ernst Volgenau (1)(2) |
7,369,813 |
33.2 |
% |
40,000 |
7,329,813 |
29.7 |
% | |||||
Renato A. DiPentima (3) |
242,318 |
1.1 |
|
32,000 |
210,318 |
* |
| |||||
Stephen C. Hughes (4) |
168,504 |
* |
|
10,000 |
158,504 |
* |
| |||||
Barry S. Landew (5) |
410,821 |
1.8 |
|
15,000 |
395,821 |
1.6 |
| |||||
Edward E. Legasey (6) |
921,115 |
4.2 |
|
90,000 |
831,115 |
3.4 |
| |||||
William K. Brehm (7) |
2,295,514 |
10.4 |
|
|
2,295,514 |
9.4 |
| |||||
John W. Barter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Steven A. Denning (8) |
2,117,645 |
9.7 |
|
|
2,117,645 |
8.7 |
| |||||
Michael R. Klein (9) |
8,381 |
* |
|
|
8,381 |
* |
| |||||
Delbert C. Staley |
24,000 |
* |
|
|
24,000 |
* |
| |||||
All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) (10) |
13,558,111 |
58.4 |
|
187,000 |
13,371,111 |
52.0 |
| |||||
Entities affiliated with General Atlantic Partners, LLC (8) |
2,117,645 |
9.7 |
|
|
2,117,645 |
8.7 |
| |||||
FMR Corp. (11) |
606,600 |
2.8 |
|
|
606,600 |
2.5 |
| |||||
The Fuller Foundation (2)(12) |
70,000 |
* |
|
70,000 |
|
|
|
76
The following table sets forth information regarding the shares of class A common stock and class B common stock beneficially owned by the indicated parties as of May 31, 2003, after giving effect to the shares to be sold by each party in the offering.
Shares beneficially owned after the offering |
Percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering |
Percentage after the offering |
|||||||||||
Beneficial Owner |
A Shares |
B Shares |
A Shares |
B Shares |
|||||||||
Ernst Volgenau |
621,543 |
6,708,270 |
3.8 |
% |
78.8 |
% |
66.8 |
% | |||||
Renato A. DiPentima |
210,318 |
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
* |
| |||||
Stephen C. Hughes |
158,504 |
|
* |
|
|
|
* |
| |||||
Barry S. Landew |
395,821 |
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
* |
| |||||
Edward E. Legasey |
831,115 |
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
* |
| |||||
William K. Brehm |
492,207 |
1,803,307 |
3.1 |
|
21.2 |
|
18.3 |
| |||||
John W. Barter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Steven A. Denning |
2,117,645 |
|
13.3 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
| |||||
Michael R. Klein |
8,381 |
|
* |
|
|
|
* |
| |||||
Delbert C. Staley |
24,000 |
|
* |
|
|
|
* |
| |||||
All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) |
4,859,534 |
8,511,577 |
28.3 |
|
100.0 |
|
87.9 |
| |||||
Entities affiliated with General Atlantic Partners, LLC |
2,117,645 |
|
13.3 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
| |||||
FMR Corp. |
606,600 |
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
* |
| |||||
The Fuller Foundation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* | Less than 1%. |
(1) | Includes 287,844 shares of class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options and 332,940 shares of class A common stock held by a grantor retained annuity trust of which Dr. Volgenaus wife is the trustee. |
(2) | The holdings of Dr. Volgenau and The Fuller Foundation prior to the offering reflect a gift of 70,000 shares of class A common stock from Dr. Volgenau to The Fuller Foundation prior to the closing of this offering. |
(3) | Includes 166,037 shares of class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options. |
(4) | Consists of 152,445 shares of class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options. |
(5) | Includes 364,635 shares of class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options. |
(6) | Includes 215,619 shares of class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options and 42,755 shares of class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options held by a grantor retained annuity trust of which Mr. Legaseys wife is a co-trustee. |
(7) | Includes 51,236 shares of class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options and 388,057 shares of class A common stock held by grantor retained annuity trusts, of which Mr. Brehms wife is the trustee. |
(8) | Consists of the following shares held by the following entities: 1,740,441 shares held by General Atlantic Partners 75, L.P., or GAP 75, 236,329 shares held by GAP Coinvestment Partners II, L.P., or GAPCO II, 137,408 shares held by GapStar, LLC, or GapStar, and 3,467 shares held by GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG, or GAPCO KG. General Atlantic Partners, LLC, or GAP LLC, is the general partner of GAP 75 and the sole member of GapStar. The managing members of GAP LLC (other than Klaus Esser) are also the general partners of GAPCO II. Steven A. Denning is a managing member of GAP LLC and a general partner of GAPCO II. The general partner of GAPCO KG is GAPCO Management GmbH, or Management GmbH. Mr. Denning is a Managing Director and a shareholder of Management GmbH. Mr. Denning disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the General Atlantic entities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Denning has no pecuniary interest in the shares held by GAPCO KG. The address of Mr. Denning, GAP 75, GAPCO II, GapStar and GAP LLC is c/o General Atlantic Service Corporation, 3 Pickwick Plaza, Greenwich, CT 06830. The address of GAPCO KG and Management GmbH is c/o General Atlantic Partners GmbH, Koenigsallee 62, 40212 Duesseldorf, Germany. |
(9) | Consists of 8,381 shares of class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options. |
(10) | Includes 1,288,952 shares of class A common stock issuable upon exercise of options and the shares held in the grantor retained annuity trusts, described in notes (1) and (7) above. |
(11) | Based on holdings as of December 31, 2002 reported on a Schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by FMR Corp. on February 14, 2003. |
(12) | The address of The Fuller Foundation is 135 North Los Robles, Suite 660, Pasadena, CA 91101. |
(13) | If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, SRA will sell an additional 33,878 shares, Dr. Volgenau will sell an additional 140,000 shares, Dr. DiPentima will sell an additional 53,622 shares, Mr. Hughes will sell an additional 10,000 shares, Mr. Landew will sell an additional 15,000 shares, and Mr. Legasey will sell an additional 160,000 shares. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option only in part, SRA and each of the selling stockholders will sell additional shares in the same proportions as if the option had been exercised in full. |
77
Our authorized capital stock consists of 180,000,000 shares of class A common stock, $0.004 par value per share, 55,000,000 shares of class B common stock, $0.004 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.20 par value per share. The following is a summary of the material features of our capital stock. For more detail, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws listed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Common Stock
As of May 31, 2003, there were 13,415,209 shares of class A common stock outstanding held by 111 stockholders of record and 8,511,577 shares of class B common stock outstanding held by two stockholders of record after giving effect to the exercise of options to purchase an aggregate of 65,000 shares of class A common stock by some of the selling stockholders in connection with this offering. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of that date, and giving effect to the issuance of the 2,493,000 shares of class A common stock offered by us in this offering, there will be 15,908,209 shares of class A common stock and 8,511,577 shares of class B common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering. All of our class B common stock is beneficially held by Dr. Volgenau and Mr. Brehm.
Our common stock is divided into two classes, class A common stock and class B common stock. Holders of class A common stock and class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record and holders of class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of class A common stock and the holders of class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in such election. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of class A common stock and class B common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available to pay dividends. Upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, the holders of class A common stock and class B common stock are entitled to receive ratably all assets after the payment of our liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of class A common stock and class B common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption, or conversion rights, except as described below. They are not entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund. The outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of class A common stock offered by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable. The rights, powers, preferences, and privileges of holders of class A common stock and class B common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may designate and issue in the future.
Each share of class B common stock is convertible into one share of class A common stock at any time at the option of the holder. Shares of class B common stock will convert automatically into a like number of shares of class A common stock as follows:
| Upon the occurrence of any of the following events with respect to the original holder of such class B common stock, either Dr. Volgenau or Mr. Brehm as the case may be, all of the class B common stock originally held by him will automatically convert into class A common stock: |
| his death; |
| his being judicially declared legally incompetent or the appointment of a conservator, receiver, custodian, or guardian to supervise or control his financial affairs; |
| the later to occur of his having reached age 80 and his retirement from all positions with our company; or |
| the later to occur of his having reached age 80 and his ceasing to be affiliated with our company in any capacity as a result of a permanent physical disability. |
78
| In addition, any shares of class B common stock that are transferred will automatically convert into shares of class A common stock, except that either original holder of class B common stock may: |
| transfer shares to a trust organized for the benefit of members of his family or for charitable purposes if he continues to control the trust after the transfer, subject to the shares later being automatically converted if an event described above occurs with respect to the original stockholder; |
| transfer shares to the other original holder; or |
| pledge shares to secure a bona fide loan, subject to the shares later being automatically converted if the pledgee forecloses on the shares. |
Once converted to class A common stock, the class B common stock will be cancelled and not reissued. Neither the class A common stock nor the class B common stock may be subdivided or combined unless the shares of the other class are subdivided or combined in the same proportion.
We may not make any dividend or distribution to any holder of either class of common stock unless simultaneously with such dividend or distribution we make the same dividend or distribution with respect to each outstanding share of the other class of common stock. In the case of a dividend or other distribution payable in shares of a class of common stock, including distributions pursuant to stock splits or divisions of common stock, only shares of class A common stock may be distributed with respect to class A common stock and only shares of class B common stock may be distributed with respect to class B common stock. Whenever a dividend or distribution, including distributions pursuant to stock splits or divisions of the common stock, is payable in shares of a class of common stock, the number of shares of each class of common stock payable per share of such class of common stock shall be equal in number.
In the event of a merger or consolidation of our company with or into another entity (whether or not our company is the surviving entity), the holders of class A common stock shall be entitled to receive the same per-share consideration as the per-share consideration, if any, received by any holder of the class B common stock in such merger or consolidation.
No additional shares of class B common stock may be issued except in connection with a stock split or stock dividend on the class B common stock in which the class A common stock is similarly split or receives a similar dividend.
Our class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SRX.
Preferred Stock
The board of directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further stockholder approval, to issue up to an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series and on one or more occasions. Each series of preferred stock shall have such number of shares, designations, preferences, voting powers, qualifications, and special or relative rights or privileges as the board of directors may determine. These rights and privileges may include, among others, dividend rights, voting rights, redemption provisions, liquidation preferences, conversion rights, and preemptive rights.
The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of class A common stock. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or discourage a third party from attempting to acquire us.
79
Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Charter and By-Laws
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A business combination includes mergers, consolidations, asset sales, and other transactions involving SRA and an interested stockholder. In general, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporations voting stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws provide:
| that the board of directors be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in size as possible, with staggered three-year terms; |
| that directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 67% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote; and |
| that any vacancy on the board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. |
The classification of the board of directors and the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, which could discourage a third party from attempting to do so.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws also provide that:
| any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting, and class A common stockholders may not take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting; |
| special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by the chairman of the board of directors, the president, or by the board of directors; and |
| in order for any matter to be considered properly brought before a meeting, a stockholder must comply with requirements regarding advance notice to us. |
These provisions could delay until the next stockholders meeting stockholder actions which are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions may also discourage another person or entity from making a tender offer for our common stock, because such person or entity, even if it acquired a majority of our outstanding voting securities, would be able to take action as a stockholder (such as electing new directors or approving a merger) only at a duly called stockholders meeting, and not by written consent.
Delawares corporation law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporations certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless a corporations certificate of incorporation or by-laws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 67% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote to amend or repeal any of the foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Generally, our amended and restated by-laws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of the board of directors or the holders of a majority of the shares of our capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. To amend our amended and restated by-laws regarding special meetings of stockholders, written actions of stockholders in lieu of a meeting, and the election, removal and classification of members of the board of directors requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 67% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our
80
capital stock entitled to vote. The stockholder vote would be in addition to any separate class vote that might in the future be required pursuant to the terms of any series of preferred stock that might be outstanding at the time any such amendments are submitted to stockholders.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors and officers will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law. This indemnification would cover all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with their services for or on behalf of us. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their action as directors.
Registration Rights
Four investment entities affiliated with General Atlantic Partners, LLC hold 2,117,645 shares of class A common stock and are entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act. Under the terms of the agreement between us and the holders of these registrable securities, if we propose to register any of our equity securities under the Securities Act after October 23, 2003, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders exercising registration rights, these holders are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include shares of their class A common stock in that registration. Additionally, these holders are entitled to demand registration rights beginning on April 23, 2004, pursuant to which they may require us on up to two occasions to file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our expense with respect to our shares of class A common stock, and we are required to use our best efforts to effect such registration. These holders may require us to file up to three additional registration statements beginning on April 23, 2004 on Form S-3 at our expense. All of these registration rights are subject to typical conditions and limitations, among them the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included in the registration.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for the class A and class B common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
81
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is acting as the bookrunning manager of the offering and together with Goldman, Sachs & Co., Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated, Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc., BB&T Capital Markets, a Division of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc., and RBC Dain Rauscher Inc., are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares of class A common stock set forth opposite the underwriters name.
Underwriter |
Number of shares of | |
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. |
||
Goldman, Sachs & Co. |
||
Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated |
||
Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc. |
||
BB&T Capital Markets, a Division of Scott & Stringfellow, Inc. |
||
RBC Dain Rauscher Inc. |
||
Total |
2,750,000 | |
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if they purchase any of the shares.
The underwriters propose to offer some of the shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $ per share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may reallow, a concession not to exceed $ per share on sales to other dealers. If all of the shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and the other selling terms.
We and some of the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 412,500 additional shares of class A common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriters initial purchase commitment.
We, our executive officers and directors, and some of our other stockholders have agreed that, for a period of 90 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup, dispose of or hedge any shares of our class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our class A common stock, including our class B common stock. Citigroup in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.
Our class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SRX.
82
The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares of class A common stock.
Paid by SRA International, Inc. |
Paid by Selling Stockholders | |||||||||||
No Exercise |
Full Exercise |
No Exercise |
Full Exercise | |||||||||
Per share |
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
| ||||
Total |
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
In connection with the offering, Citigroup on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell shares of class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions, and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of class A common stock in excess of the number of shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. Covered short sales are sales of shares made in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short involve either purchases of the class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make naked short sales of shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of class A common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.
The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when Citigroup repurchases shares originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.
Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the class A common stock. They may also cause the price of the class A common stock to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
We estimate that our total expenses of this offering will be approximately $650,000.
The underwriters have performed investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and expenses. The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate shares to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
83
The validity of the shares of common stock we are offering will be passed upon for us by Hale and Dorr LLP, Reston, Virginia. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. from time to time provides services to us.
The consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the class A common stock we and the selling stockholders propose to sell in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and our class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete. If a document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed.
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other documents with the SEC. You may read and copy any of our SEC filings at the SECs Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public on the SECs web site at http://www.sec.gov and the Investor Relations section of our web site at http://www.sra.com.
84
Page | ||
Independent Auditors Report |
F-2 | |
Consolidated Balance Sheets |
F-3 | |
Consolidated Statements of Operations |
F-5 | |
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders Equity |
F-6 | |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows |
F-7 | |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
F-8 |
F-1
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
SRA International, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SRA International, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2001 and 2002 and March 31, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2002 and the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SRA International, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2001 and 2002 and March 31, 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2002 and the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
McLean, Virginia
May 28, 2003
F-2
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands)
Assets
June 30, |
March 31, 2003 |
|||||||||||
2001 |
2002 |
|||||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
8 |
|
$ |
87,137 |
|
$ |
79,600 |
| |||
Short-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,457 |
| |||
Accounts receivable, net |
|
97,448 |
|
|
95,862 |
|
|
111,730 |
| |||
Prepaid expenses and other |
|
3,623 |
|
|
6,283 |
|
|
5,545 |
| |||
Deferred income taxes, current |
|
|
|
|
4,573 |
|
|
4,933 |
| |||
Total current assets |
|
101,079 |
|
|
193,855 |
|
|
203,265 |
| |||
Property and equipment, at cost: |
||||||||||||
Leasehold improvements |
|
12,293 |
|
|
14,955 |
|
|
16,829 |
| |||
Furniture, equipment, and software |
|
39,351 |
|
|
44,435 |
|
|
49,329 |
| |||
Total property and equipment |
|
51,644 |
|
|
59,390 |
|
|
66,158 |
| |||
Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
(31,957 |
) |
|
(40,183 |
) |
|
(46,164 |
) | |||
Total property and equipment, net |
|
19,687 |
|
|
19,207 |
|
|
19,994 |
| |||
Other assets: |
||||||||||||
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
2,957 |
|
|
36,171 |
| |||
Identified intangibles, net |
|
|
|
|
2,092 |
|
|
6,383 |
| |||
Deferred compensation trust |
|
2,784 |
|
|
3,394 |
|
|
2,895 |
| |||
Deferred income taxes, noncurrent |
|
3,187 |
|
|
4,185 |
|
|
724 |
| |||
Investments and other |
|
721 |
|
|
603 |
|
|
924 |
| |||
Total other assets |
|
6,692 |
|
|
13,231 |
|
|
47,097 |
| |||
Total assets |
$ |
127,458 |
|
$ |
226,293 |
|
$ |
270,356 |
| |||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity
June 30, |
March 31, 2003 |
|||||||||||
2001 |
2002 |
|||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ |
18,076 |
|
$ |
13,267 |
|
$ |
15,034 |
| |||
Accrued payroll and employee benefits |
|
18,142 |
|
|
20,942 |
|
|
29,687 |
| |||
Accrued expenses |
|
17,105 |
|
|
19,997 |
|
|
22,330 |
| |||
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
2,146 |
|
|
1,600 |
|
|
800 |
| |||
Billings in excess of revenue recognized |
|
4,358 |
|
|
6,480 |
|
|
5,423 |
| |||
Deferred income taxes payable |
|
19,503 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total current liabilities |
|
79,330 |
|
|
62,286 |
|
|
73,274 |
| |||
Long-term debt, net of current portion |
|
2,000 |
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
| |||
Other long-term liabilities |
|
3,016 |
|
|
4,163 |
|
|
3,643 |
| |||
Total liabilities |
|
84,346 |
|
|
66,849 |
|
|
76,917 |
| |||
Commitments and contingencies |
||||||||||||
Stockholders equity: |
||||||||||||
Preferred stock, par value $0.20 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Class A common stock, par value $0.004 per share; 180,000,000 shares authorized; 8,620,252, 17,695,297 and 19,210,498 shares issued as of June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003; 3,199,164, 11,528,773 and 13,163,576 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003 |
|
34 |
|
|
74 |
|
|
80 |
| |||
Class B common stock, par value $0.004 per share; 55,000,000 shares authorized; 12,340,294, 11,123,887 and 10,487,753 shares issued as of June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003; 10,399,117, 9,182,711 and 8,546,577 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003 |
|
50 |
|
|
43 |
|
|
40 |
| |||
Additional paid-in capital |
|
14,334 |
|
|
129,567 |
|
|
143,648 |
| |||
Treasury stock, at cost |
|
(36,009 |
) |
|
(45,422 |
) |
|
(46,929 |
) | |||
Notes receivable from stockholders |
|
|
|
|
(78 |
) |
|
|
| |||
Deferred stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
(720 |
) |
|
(562 |
) | |||
Retained earnings |
|
64,703 |
|
|
75,980 |
|
|
97,162 |
| |||
Total stockholders equity |
|
43,112 |
|
|
159,444 |
|
|
193,439 |
| |||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ |
127,458 |
|
$ |
226,293 |
|
$ |
270,356 |
| |||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Year Ended June 30, |
Nine Months Ended March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
312,035 |
|
$ |
312,548 |
|
$ |
361,197 |
|
$ |
259,755 |
|
$ |
323,254 |
| |||||
Operating costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services |
|
213,549 |
|
|
221,835 |
|
|
258,863 |
|
|
187,799 |
|
|
227,799 |
| |||||
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
77,200 |
|
|
84,985 |
|
|
76,143 |
|
|
55,628 |
|
|
60,540 |
| |||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
7,258 |
|
|
8,045 |
|
|
7,684 |
|
|
5,534 |
|
|
6,420 |
| |||||
Reimbursement of expenses upon formation of Mantas, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
(6,485 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Total operating costs and expenses |
|
298,007 |
|
|
308,380 |
|
|
342,690 |
|
|
248,961 |
|
|
294,759 |
| |||||
Operating income |
|
14,028 |
|
|
4,168 |
|
|
18,507 |
|
|
10,794 |
|
|
28,495 |
| |||||
Interest expense |
|
(703 |
) |
|
(879 |
) |
|
(433 |
) |
|
(325 |
) |
|
(101 |
) | |||||
Interest income |
|
174 |
|
|
82 |
|
|
332 |
|
|
197 |
|
|
1,196 |
| |||||
Gain (loss) on equity method investment |
|
(900 |
) |
|
11,776 |
|
|
373 |
|
|
373 |
|
|
1,031 |
| |||||
Gain on sale of Assentor practice |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,685 |
| |||||
Other (expense) income |
|
(209 |
) |
|
(2,391 |
) |
|
1,775 |
|
|
1,775 |
|
|
|
| |||||
Income before taxes |
|
12,390 |
|
|
12,756 |
|
|
20,554 |
|
|
12,814 |
|
|
35,306 |
| |||||
Provision for income taxes |
|
5,092 |
|
|
5,383 |
|
|
9,277 |
|
|
5,920 |
|
|
14,124 |
| |||||
Net income |
$ |
7,298 |
|
$ |
7,373 |
|
$ |
11,277 |
|
$ |
6,894 |
|
$ |
21,182 |
| |||||
Earnings per share: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ |
0.53 |
|
$ |
0.54 |
|
$ |
0.77 |
|
$ |
0.50 |
|
$ |
1.00 |
| |||||
Diluted |
$ |
0.44 |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
$ |
0.66 |
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
$ |
0.90 |
| |||||
Weighted-average shares: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
|
13,787,806 |
|
|
13,563,723 |
|
|
14,630,512 |
|
|
13,827,305 |
|
|
21,103,022 |
| |||||
Diluted |
|
16,674,610 |
|
|
16,401,370 |
|
|
17,030,717 |
|
|
16,173,316 |
|
|
23,569,864 |
| |||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts)
Class A Common Stock |
Class B Common Stock |
Additional Paid-In Capital |
Treasury Stock |
Notes Receivable from Stockholders |
Deferred Stock-Based Compensation |
Retained Earnings |
Total |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance, July 1, 1999 |
6,706,971 |
$ |
27 |
12,726,470 |
|
$ |
51 |
|
$ |
6,440 |
(5,609,021 |
) |
$ |
(19,370 |
) |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
50,032 |
$ |
37,180 |
| |||||||||||
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,298 |
|
7,298 |
| |||||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
336,282 |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,682 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,683 |
| |||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(493,541 |
) |
|
(4,376 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,376 |
) | |||||||||||
Tax benefits of stock option exercises |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277 |
| |||||||||||
Shares converted between classes |
18,529 |
|
0 |
(18,529 |
) |
|
(0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Balance, June 30, 2000 |
7,061,782 |
|
28 |
12,707,941 |
|
|
51 |
|
|
8,399 |
(6,102,562 |
) |
|
(23,746 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,330 |
|
42,062 |
| |||||||||||
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,373 |
|
7,373 |
| |||||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
1,190,823 |
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,138 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,143 |
| |||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,259,703 |
) |
|
(12,263 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,263 |
) | |||||||||||
Tax benefits of stock option exercises |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,797 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,797 |
| |||||||||||
Shares converted between classes |
367,647 |
|
1 |
(367,647 |
) |
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Balance, June 30, 2001 |
8,620,252 |
|
34 |
12,340,294 |
|
|
50 |
|
|
14,334 |
(7,362,265 |
) |
|
(36,009 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64,703 |
|
43,112 |
| |||||||||||
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,277 |
|
11,277 |
| |||||||||||
Issuance of common stock, net of offering expenses |
7,842,009 |
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
99,906 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99,939 |
| |||||||||||
Reissuance of treasury stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,016 |
535,348 |
|
|
2,995 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,011 |
| |||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,280,783 |
) |
|
(12,408 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,408 |
) | |||||||||||
Tax benefits of stock option exercises |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,563 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,563 |
| |||||||||||
Shares converted between classes |
1,216,407 |
|
7 |
(1,216,407 |
) |
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Issuance of notes receivable upon exercise of stock options |
16,629 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(91 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Repayments of notes receivable from stockholders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
| |||||||||||
Compensatory stock options issued or modified |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,657 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(843 |
) |
|
|
|
814 |
| |||||||||||
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
|
123 |
| |||||||||||
Balance, June 30, 2002 |
17,695,297 |
|
74 |
11,123,887 |
|
|
43 |
|
|
129,567 |
(8,107,700 |
) |
|
(45,422 |
) |
|
(78 |
) |
|
(720 |
) |
|
75,980 |
|
159,444 |
| |||||||||||
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,182 |
|
21,182 |
| |||||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
879,067 |
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,343 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,346 |
| |||||||||||
Resissuance of treasury stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,764 |
223,521 |
|
|
1,332 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,096 |
| |||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(103,919 |
) |
|
(2,839 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,839 |
) | |||||||||||
Tax benefits of stock option exercises |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,974 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,974 |
| |||||||||||
Shares converted between classes |
636,134 |
|
3 |
(636,134 |
) |
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||||||||
Repayments of notes receivable from stockholders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78 |
| |||||||||||
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
|
158 |
| |||||||||||
Balance, March 31, 2003 |
19,210,498 |
$ |
80 |
10,487,753 |
|
$ |
40 |
|
$ |
143,648 |
(7,988,098 |
) |
$ |
(46,929 |
) |
$ |
|
|
$ |
(562 |
) |
$ |
97,162 |
$ |
193,439 |
| |||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
Year Ended June 30, |
Nine Months Ended March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ |
7,298 |
|
$ |
7,373 |
|
$ |
11,277 |
|
$ |
6,894 |
|
$ |
21,182 |
| |||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
7,691 |
|
|
8,393 |
|
|
7,866 |
|
|
5,689 |
|
|
6,480 |
| |||||
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
937 |
|
|
884 |
|
|
158 |
| |||||
Tax benefits of stock option exercises |
|
277 |
|
|
3,797 |
|
|
6,563 |
|
|
4,469 |
|
|
5,974 |
| |||||
Deferred income taxes |
|
(2,795 |
) |
|
(3,915 |
) |
|
(25,074 |
) |
|
(26,201 |
) |
|
845 |
| |||||
(Gain) loss on equity method investment |
|
900 |
|
|
(11,776 |
) |
|
(373 |
) |
|
(373 |
) |
|
(1,031 |
) | |||||
Gain on sale of Assentor practice |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,685 |
) | |||||
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of the effect of acquisitions: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
|
13,370 |
|
|
(2,856 |
) |
|
11,609 |
|
|
9,898 |
|
|
(5,210 |
) | |||||
Prepaid expenses and other |
|
(3,719 |
) |
|
2,035 |
|
|
(2,539 |
) |
|
(2,130 |
) |
|
3,279 |
| |||||
Accounts payable |
|
1,437 |
|
|
4,011 |
|
|
(6,894 |
) |
|
(6,583 |
) |
|
890 |
| |||||
Accrued payroll and employee benefits |
|
1,150 |
|
|
3,596 |
|
|
1,432 |
|
|
5,018 |
|
|
7,055 |
| |||||
Accrued expenses |
|
(135 |
) |
|
5,206 |
|
|
2,409 |
|
|
85 |
|
|
1,939 |
| |||||
Billings in excess of revenue recognized |
|
(1,456 |
) |
|
1,168 |
|
|
2,122 |
|
|
3,261 |
|
|
(1,221 |
) | |||||
Other |
|
549 |
|
|
(464 |
) |
|
(129 |
) |
|
781 |
|
|
1,337 |
| |||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
24,567 |
|
|
16,568 |
|
|
9,206 |
|
|
1,692 |
|
|
36,992 |
| |||||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
|
(11,870 |
) |
|
(10,527 |
) |
|
(5,580 |
) |
|
(2,603 |
) |
|
(6,669 |
) | |||||
Purchases of short-term investments, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,457 |
) | |||||
Purchases of long-term investments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(900 |
) | |||||
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment |
|
16 |
|
|
569 |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
Proceeds from sale of equity method investment |
|
|
|
|
10,876 |
|
|
373 |
|
|
373 |
|
|
1,031 |
| |||||
Proceeds from sale of Assentor practice |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,685 |
| |||||
Acquisition of The Marasco Newton Group, Ltd., net of cash acquired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,087 |
) |
|
(7,087 |
) |
|
(8,006 |
) | |||||
Acquisition of Adroit Systems, Inc., net of cash acquired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,304 |
) | |||||
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities |
|
(11,854 |
) |
|
918 |
|
|
(12,291 |
) |
|
(9,317 |
) |
|
(44,620 |
) | |||||
Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net (repayments) borrowings under revolving line of credit |
|
(7,138 |
) |
|
(4,990 |
) |
|
|
|
|
23,216 |
|
|
|
| |||||
Repayment of equipment loans |
|
(1,386 |
) |
|
(777 |
) |
|
(546 |
) |
|
(546 |
) |
|
|
| |||||
Repayment of term loan |
|
(1,600 |
) |
|
(1,600 |
) |
|
(1,600 |
) |
|
(1,200 |
) |
|
(1,200 |
) | |||||
Repayment of The Marasco Newton Group, Ltd. debt acquired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,195 |
) |
|
(5,195 |
) |
|
|
| |||||
Repayment of Adroit Systems, Inc. debt acquired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(990 |
) | |||||
Issuance of common stock |
|
1,683 |
|
|
2,143 |
|
|
99,952 |
|
|
4,165 |
|
|
3,424 |
| |||||
Reissuance of treasury stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,011 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,696 |
| |||||
Purchase of treasury stock |
|
(4,376 |
) |
|
(12,263 |
) |
|
(12,408 |
) |
|
(12,311 |
) |
|
(2,839 |
) | |||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
(12,817 |
) |
|
(17,487 |
) |
|
90,214 |
|
|
8,129 |
|
|
91 |
| |||||
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
(104 |
) |
|
(1 |
) |
|
87,129 |
|
|
504 |
|
|
(7,537 |
) | |||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
|
113 |
|
|
9 |
|
|
8 |
|
|
8 |
|
|
87,137 |
| |||||
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
$ |
9 |
|
$ |
8 |
|
$ |
87,137 |
|
$ |
512 |
|
$ |
79,600 |
| |||||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash paid during the period: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest |
$ |
762 |
|
$ |
894 |
|
$ |
524 |
|
$ |
327 |
|
$ |
101 |
| |||||
Income taxes |
$ |
10,010 |
|
$ |
3,887 |
|
$ |
27,842 |
|
$ |
26,679 |
|
$ |
3,955 |
| |||||
Cash received during the period: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest |
$ |
174 |
|
$ |
83 |
|
$ |
263 |
|
$ |
197 |
|
$ |
1,081 |
| |||||
Income taxes |
$ |
|
|
$ |
34 |
|
$ |
154 |
|
$ |
152 |
|
$ |
168 |
| |||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SRA International, Inc. (a Delaware corporation), and its wholly owned subsidiaries (SRA or the Company). All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Investments in other companies in which the Company exerts significant influence but does not have a controlling interest are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
Nature of Business
SRA is a leading provider of information technology services and solutions primarily to a wide variety of federal government clients in three principal markets: national security, health care and public health, and civil government. Since SRAs founding in 1978, the Company has derived substantially all of its revenue from services provided to federal government clients, and SRA expects that services provided to federal government clients will continue to account for substantially all of its revenue.
Revenue from contracts with federal government agencies was 88 percent, 93 percent, and 96 percent of total revenue for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and 96 percent and 98 percent of total revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Revenue from contracts with clients in the Department of Defense and the National Guard accounted for 43 percent, 47 percent, and 53 percent of total revenue for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and 53 percent and 56 percent of total revenue for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The Internal Revenue Service, as a client group, accounted for approximately 12 percent of revenue for the year ended June 30, 2000, 10 percent for the year ended June 30, 2002, and 11 percent for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. No other client or client group accounted for more than 10 percent of revenue in these periods and no client or client group accounted for more than 10 percent of revenue in any other period presented herein.
Interim Financial Information
The results of operations for the nine months ended March 31, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of the results that could be expected for the full fiscal year 2003.
Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and judgments in determining the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates including those related to revenue recognition, doubtful accounts receivable, goodwill and other intangible assets, and other contingent liabilities. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other factors that are deemed reasonable at the time the estimates are made. Actual results may differ from estimates under different assumptions or conditions. See the Revenue Recognition section of this Note and Notes 2, 3, 4, 8, 9, 10 and 15 for additional information on certain estimates included in the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
Contract Accounting
The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the contract price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. SRA uses a standard management process to determine whether all required criteria for revenue recognition have been met. Absent
F-8
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
evidence to the contrary, the Company recognizes revenue as follows. Revenue on cost-plus-fee contracts is recognized to the extent of costs actually incurred plus a proportionate amount of the fee earned. Fixed fees under cost-plus-fee contracts are considered earned in proportion to the allowable costs actually incurred in performance of the contract. Revenue on time-and-materials contracts is recognized based on the hours actually incurred at the negotiated contract billing rates, plus the cost of any allowable material costs and out-of-pocket expenses. Revenue on fixed-price contracts generally is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of contract accounting. Unless it is determined as part of the Companys standard review process that overall progress on a contract is not consistent with costs expended to date, SRA determines the percentage completed based on the percentage of costs incurred to date in relation to total estimated costs expected upon completion of the contract. Revenue on fixed-price contracts pursuant to which a customer pays us a specified amount to provide only a particular service for a stated time period, or so-called fee-for-service arrangement, is recognized as amounts are billable, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition are met. Performance-based fees, including award fees, under any contract type are considered earned only when the Company can demonstrate satisfaction of a specific performance goal or has received contractual notification from a client that the fee has been earned. To the extent that a revised estimate affects contract profit or revenue previously recognized, the Company records the cumulative effect of the revision in the period in which the facts requiring the revision become known. The full amount of an anticipated loss on any type of contract is recognized in the period in which it becomes known.
Disputes occasionally arise in the normal course of the Companys business due to events such as delays, changes in contract specifications, and questions of cost allowability or collectibility. Such matters, whether claims or unapproved change orders in the process of negotiation, are recorded at the lesser of their estimated net realizable value or actual costs incurred, and only when realization is probable and can be reliably estimated. Claims against the Company are recognized where loss is considered probable and can be reasonably estimated in amount.
From time to time, the Company may proceed with work based on customer direction pending finalization and signing of formal contract documents. The Company has an internal process for approving any such work. Revenue recognized prior to finalization of formal contract documents is recorded at the lesser of net realizable value or actual costs incurred, and only when realization is probable and can be reliably estimated.
Unbilled accounts receivable are stated at the lower of actual cost incurred plus accrued profits or net estimated realizable value of incurred costs, reduced by billings to date. It is the Companys policy to provide reserves for the collectibility of accounts receivable when it is determined that it is probable that the Company will not collect all amounts due and the amount of the reserve requirements can be reasonably estimated.
Revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, was generated from the following contract types:
Year Ended June 30, |
Nine Months Ended March 31, |
||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||||||
Cost-plus-fee |
54 |
% |
62 |
% |
52 |
% |
54 |
% |
42 |
% | |||||
Time-and-materials |
29 |
|
23 |
|
31 |
|
30 |
|
38 |
| |||||
Fixed-price |
17 |
|
15 |
|
17 |
|
16 |
|
20 |
|
Software Licensing and Related Activities
The Company enters into arrangements, which may include the sale of licenses of the Companys proprietary software, consulting services and maintenance, or various combinations of each element. The
F-9
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
Company recognizes revenue based on Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, as amended, and modified by SOP 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions. SOP 98-9 modified SOP 97-2 by requiring revenue to be recognized using the residual method if certain conditions are met. Revenue is recognized based on the residual method when an agreement has been signed by both parties, the fees are fixed or determinable, collection of the fees is probable, delivery of the product has occurred, and no other significant obligations remain. In the limited cases where return or refund rights have been offered, the Company defers all revenue recognition until the end of the return or refund period. Total software licensing and related activities revenue was $6,265,000, $6,140,000, and $4,385,000 for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and $2,976,000 and $1,349,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Software licensing and related activities revenue was two percent or less of consolidated revenue for all periods presented.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Total research and developments costs, which are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses, were $1,110,000, $1,906,000, and $1,783,000 for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and $1,420,000 and $1,123,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
Capitalized Software Development Costs
Software development costs for products are capitalized subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility, as evidenced by detailed program designs, a product design, or a working model of the software product. Capitalization ceases when the products are available for general release to clients. Annual amortization is the greater of the amount computed using the ratio that current gross revenue for a product bear to total expected gross revenue for that product, or the amount computed using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the products (generally not to exceed three years). Amortization expense of $433,000, $348,000, and $182,000 was recorded for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and $155,000 and $60,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and is reflected as cost of services in the consolidated statements of operations.
Internal-Use Computer Software
The Company capitalizes costs incurred to license and implement software for internal-use in accordance with SOP 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. Such costs are amortized over periods ranging from three to five years. Internal-use software costs capitalized were $165,000, $2,262,000, and $604,000 for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and $595,000 and $0 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of long-lived assets, and other intangibles, may not be fully recoverable, the Company evaluates the probability that future undiscounted net cash flows, without interest charges, will be less than the carrying amount of the assets. If any impairment were indicated as a result of this review, the Company would recognize a loss based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated discounted future cash flows.
Income Taxes
The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial
F-10
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities, less valuation allowances, if required. Enacted statutory tax rates are used to compute the tax consequences of these temporary differences. Historically, the Companys deferred income taxes have resulted primarily from differences in the timing of income and expense recognition because the Company used the accrual method of accounting for financial reporting and the cash method of accounting for income tax reporting. In February 2002, the Company adopted the accrual method of accounting for income tax reporting. See Note 9 for additional disclosure with respect to this change in accounting method for income tax reporting purposes.
Deferred Compensation Plan
Certain employees of the Company are eligible to defer a specified percentage of their cash compensation by having it contributed to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Eligible employees may defer up to 25 percent of their annual base salary and up to 50 percent of annual performance bonuses. The Company funds its deferred compensation liabilities by making cash contributions to a Rabbi Trust at the time the salary or bonus being deferred would otherwise be payable to the employee. Gains or losses on amounts held in the Rabbi Trust are fully allocable to plan participants. As a result, there is no net impact on the Companys results of operations, and the liability to plan participants is fully funded at all times.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Short-Term Investments
The Company considers all investments with maturity dates of more than three months and less than one year to be short-term investments.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, including major additions or improvements thereto, are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives ranging from three to seven years using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the assets estimated useful life, but typically not exceeding seven years, using the straight-line method. Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use computer software, was $7,258,000, $8,045,000, and $7,545,000 for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and $5,464,000 and $6,082,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company believes that concentrations of credit risk with respect to cash equivalents are limited due to the high credit quality of these investments. The Companys investment policy requires that investments be in direct obligations of the U.S. government, certain U.S. government sponsored entities, a limited number of other investment vehicles that are secured by direct or sponsored U.S. government obligations, and certain highly-rated municipal debt obligations. The Company believes that concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited as they are primarily federal government receivables. At June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003, the Companys carrying value of financial instruments approximated fair value.
F-11
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing reported net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted EPS considers the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The difference between basic and diluted weighted-average common equivalent shares with respect to the Companys EPS calculation is due entirely to the assumed exercise of stock options. The dilutive effect of stock options for each period reported is summarized below:
Year Ended June 30, |
Nine Months Ended March 31, | |||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 | ||||||
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding |
13,787,806 |
13,563,723 |
14,630,512 |
13,827,305 |
21,103,022 | |||||
Effect of potential exercise of stock options |
2,886,804 |
2,837,647 |
2,400,205 |
2,346,011 |
2,466,842 | |||||
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding |
16,674,610 |
16,401,370 |
17,030,717 |
16,173,316 |
23,569,864 | |||||
Stock options that could potentially dilute basic EPS in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted EPS, because to do so would have been antidilutive, were 639,961 for the year ended June 30, 2001.
Stock options granted to employees are accounted for using the intrinsic value method. Under this method, compensation cost is the excess, if any, of the fair value of the Companys stock at grant date or other measurement date over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. Income tax benefits attributable to nonqualified stock options exercised are credited to additional paid-in capital.
The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to stock-based employee compensation in each period presented (in thousands, except per share amounts).
Year Ended June 30, |
Nine Months Ended March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||||||
Net income, as reported |
$ |
7,298 |
|
$ |
7,373 |
|
$ |
11,277 |
|
$ |
6,894 |
|
$ |
21,182 |
| |||||
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
937 |
|
|
884 |
|
|
158 |
| |||||
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects |
|
(2,627 |
) |
|
(2,787 |
) |
|
(3,154 |
) |
|
(2,522 |
) |
|
(1,783 |
) | |||||
Pro forma net income |
$ |
4,671 |
|
$ |
4,586 |
|
$ |
9,060 |
|
$ |
5,256 |
|
$ |
19,557 |
| |||||
Earnings per share: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basicas reported |
$ |
0.53 |
|
$ |
0.54 |
|
$ |
0.77 |
|
$ |
0.50 |
|
$ |
1.00 |
| |||||
Basicpro forma |
$ |
0.34 |
|
$ |
0.34 |
|
$ |
0.62 |
|
$ |
0.38 |
|
$ |
0.93 |
| |||||
Dilutedas reported |
$ |
0.44 |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
$ |
0.66 |
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
$ |
0.90 |
| |||||
Dilutedpro forma |
$ |
0.28 |
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
$ |
0.53 |
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
$ |
0.83 |
| |||||
F-12
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations. SFAS No. 143 requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset retirement cost would be capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. The Company adopted this new standard as of July 1, 2002, and it had no impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which replaces SFAS No. 121. SFAS No. 144 requires that long-lived assets be measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, whether reported in continuing operations or in discontinued operations. SFAS No. 144 also broadens the reporting of discontinued operations to include all components of an entity with operations that can be distinguished from the rest of the entity and that will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the entity in a disposal transaction. The Company adopted this new standard as of July 1, 2002, and it had no impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections. Among other things, SFAS No. 145 rescinds both SFAS No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt, and the amendment to SFAS No. 4, SFAS No. 64, Extinguishments of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements. Through this rescission, SFAS No. 145 eliminates the requirement that gains and losses from the extinguishment of debt be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. Generally, SFAS No. 145 is effective for transactions occurring after May 15, 2002. The Company adopted this new standard as of July 1, 2002, and it had no impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which became effective January 1, 2003. SFAS No. 146 nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). SFAS No. 146 requires that an exit or disposal activity-related cost be recognized when the liability is incurred instead of when an entity commits to an exit plan. The Company adopted this new standard as of January 1, 2003 and it had no impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. (FIN) 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others. FIN 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees. FIN 45 also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Since the Company had no guarantees as of January 1, 2003, the adoption of FIN 45 had no impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In November 2002, the FASBs Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, finalized EITF Issue 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables. EITF 00-21 addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting. It also addresses how
F-13
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
arrangement consideration should be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting in an arrangement. EITF 00-21 does not apply to deliverables in arrangements to the extent the accounting for such deliverables is within the scope of other existing higher-level authoritative accounting literature. The Company must adopt the provisions of EITF 00-21 for new contracts entered into on or after July 1, 2003. The Company does not expect the application of EITF 00-21 to have a material impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation. The Company does not presently expect to make such a voluntary change. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. These amended disclosure requirements are applicable for financial statements issued for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002.
In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51. This interpretation provides guidance for identifying a controlling financial interest established by means other than voting interests. It requires consolidation of variable interest entities by an enterprise that holds such a controlling financial interest (the primary beneficiary). The primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity is defined as the party that absorbs a majority of the entitys expected losses, receives a majority of its expected residual returns, or both, as a result of holding variable interests, which are the ownership, contractual, or other pecuniary interests in an entity. All enterprises with a variable interest in variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, must apply the provisions of FIN 46 to those entities immediately. Enterprises with a variable interest in a variable interest entity created before February 1, 2003, must apply the provisions of FIN 46 to that entity no later than the beginning of the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company does not have a variable interest in any variable interest entity and therefore does not expect the provisions of FIN 46 to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, which clarifies and amends certain definitions and characteristics of derivative instruments contained in SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, FIN 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, and other existing pronouncements. The Company does not expect the adoption of this new standard to have a material impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability, or as an asset in some circumstances. The Company does not expect the adoption of this new standard to have a material impact on the Companys financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior-period balances to conform to the current-period presentation.
F-14
2. Accounts Receivable:
Accounts receivable, net as of June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003 consisted of the following (in thousands):
June 30, |
March 31, 2003 |
|||||||||||
2001 |
2002 |
|||||||||||
Billed and billable, net of allowance of $1,200, $1,050, and $1,328 as of June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003, respectively |
$ |
91,011 |
|
$ |
88,089 |
|
$ |
102,098 |
| |||
Unbilled: |
||||||||||||
Retainages |
|
3,312 |
|
|
3,188 |
|
|
3,543 |
| |||
Revenue recorded in excess of milestone billings on fixed price contracts |
|
2,544 |
|
|
4,360 |
|
|
3,915 |
| |||
Revenue recorded in excess of contractual authorization, billable upon receipt of contractual amendments/documents |
|
934 |
|
|
1,070 |
|
|
3,455 |
| |||
Indirect costs incurred and charged to cost-plus contracts in excess of provisional billing rates |
|
1,389 |
|
|
707 |
|
|
734 |
| |||
Allowance for contract disallowances |
|
(1,742 |
) |
|
(1,552 |
) |
|
(2,015 |
) | |||
Total unbilled |
|
6,437 |
|
|
7,773 |
|
|
9,632 |
| |||
Total |
$ |
97,448 |
|
$ |
95,862 |
|
$ |
111,730 |
| |||
The billable receivables included in the billed and billable line item above represent primarily revenue earned in the final month of the reporting period that were billable as of the balance sheet date. These billable receivables are typically billed and collected within 90 days of the balance sheet date.
Consistent with industry practice, certain receivables related to long-term contracts and programs are classified as current, although a portion of these amounts is not expected to be realized within one year. Unbilled accounts receivable at March 31, 2003 are expected to be collected within one year except for approximately $4.3 million. This amount generally relates to a portion of retainages and indirect rates incurred and charged to cost-plus-fee contracts in excess of provisional billing rates. These amounts will be billable upon completion of the governments audit of the indirect rates for those years in which the related contracts were in process.
3. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:
The components of goodwill and other intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):
June 30 |
March 31, 2003 |
||||||||||
2001 |
2002 |
||||||||||
Goodwill |
$ |
|
$ |
2,957 |
|
$ |
36,171 |
| |||
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
2,231 |
|
|
6,860 |
| |||
Subtotal |
|
|
|
5,188 |
|
|
43,031 |
| |||
Less: Accumulated amortization |
|
|
|
(139 |
) |
|
(477 |
) | |||
Total |
$ |
|
$ |
5,049 |
|
$ |
42,554 |
| |||
Goodwill must be reviewed annually for impairment. The Company has elected to perform this review at the beginning of each calendar year. The Company performed the annual goodwill impairment analysis as of January 1, 2003, and has concluded that there has been no impairment of such assets. The other intangible assets of $6.9 million were all assigned to contract rights as of March 31, 2003. Aggregate amortization expense of other intangible assets was $139,000 for the year ended June 30, 2002, and $70,000 and $338,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Other intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 6 to 8 years.
F-15
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
Estimated amortization expense is as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):
Three months ended June 30, 2003 |
$ |
263 | |
Years ending June 30, 2004 |
|
1,050 | |
2005 |
|
1,050 | |
2006 |
|
1,050 | |
2007 |
|
1,050 | |
2008 |
|
1,050 | |
Thereafter |
|
870 | |
Total |
$ |
6,383 | |
4. Accrued Expenses:
Accrued expenses as of June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003 consisted of the following (in thousands):
June 30, |
March 31, 2003 | ||||||||
2001 |
2002 |
||||||||
Vendor obligations |
$ |
8,958 |
$ |
12,650 |
$ |
14,660 | |||
Insurance |
|
2,562 |
|
3,277 |
|
3,681 | |||
Interest (Note 9) |
|
2,600 |
|
185 |
|
155 | |||
Other |
|
2,985 |
|
3,885 |
|
3,834 | |||
Total |
$ |
17,105 |
$ |
19,997 |
$ |
22,330 | |||
5. Debt:
Long-term debt as of June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003 consisted of the following (in thousands):
June 30, |
March 31, 2003 |
|||||||||||
2001 |
2002 |
|||||||||||
Term loan (6.89%) |
$ |
3,600 |
|
$ |
2,000 |
|
$ |
800 |
| |||
Equipment loans |
|
546 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
LessCurrent portion of long-term debt |
|
(2,146 |
) |
|
(1,600 |
) |
|
(800 |
) | |||
Total |
$ |
2,000 |
|
$ |
400 |
|
$ |
|
| |||
In August 2001, the Company entered into a $60.0 million credit facility (the New Agreement) that expires on December 31, 2003. The initial commitment under this facility is $40.0 million and the Company has the option, provided no event of default under the New Agreement exists, of increasing the amount committed in two increments of $10.0 million. The Company may use this facility for general corporate purposes including working capital financing, capital purchases, acquisitions, and stock repurchases. Amounts that can be outstanding on the facility are limited to a borrowing base tied to the Companys accounts receivable balances. The borrowing base exceeded $60.0 million at March 31, 2003. The New Agreement contains customary covenants and requires that specified financial ratios be maintained. The financial ratios include a maximum debt-to-cash-flow ratio, a minimum cash-flow-to-fixed-charge-coverage ratio, and a maximum debt-to-equity threshold. The New Agreement is unsecured as long as specified financial ratios are met, which as of March 31, 2003, was the case. The Company may elect to pay interest at either the prime rate of its bank or its banks London interbank offered rate (LIBOR) index plus a margin that is determined quarterly based on the Companys debt-to-cash flow ratio.
F-16
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
The outstanding revolving line of credit balance and the equipment loan balance under the Companys old credit facility (the Old Agreement) were transferred to the New Agreement concurrent with closing. The term loan (the Term Loan) entered into under the Old Agreement remains in place, subject to the general terms and conditions of the New Agreement. The Term Loan interest rate is fixed at 6.89 percent, is payable in quarterly installments of $400,000, and matures on July 1, 2003. The Term Loan includes penalties for prepayment. The average revolving line of credit interest rate was 6.3 percent, 7.0 percent, and 4.0 percent for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and 4.5 percent and 2.8 percent for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Total interest expense under all credit facilities was $703,000, $879,000, and $433,000 for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and $237,000 and $2,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The maximum revolving line of credit balance was $10,847,000, $20,365,000 and $24,759,000 for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 respectively, and $23,216,000 and $3,662,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The average monthly revolving line of credit balance outstanding was $2,256,000, $7,003,000, and $4,068,000 for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and $3,148,000 and $69,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The Company had an outstanding letter of credit of $1,370,000 at March 31, 2003.
6. Other Long-Term Liabilities:
Other long-term liabilities as of June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003 consisted of the following (in thousands):
June 30, |
March 31, 2003 | ||||||||
2001 |
2002 |
||||||||
Liability to deferred compensation plan participants |
$ |
2,784 |
$ |
3,394 |
$ |
2,895 | |||
Unearned rent abatements, net of current portion and other |
|
232 |
|
769 |
|
748 | |||
Total |
$ |
3,016 |
$ |
4,163 |
$ |
3,643 | |||
7. Benefit Plan:
The Company maintains a defined contribution plan, the SRA International, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the Plan). All regular and full-time employees are generally eligible to participate. The board of directors of SRA may elect to make matching or other discretionary contributions to the Plan. The Companys matching contribution expense was $2,350,000, $2,768,000, and $4,190,000 for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and $3,410,000 and $2,313,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, including the value of the stock described in the next paragraph. The matching contribution expense for the year ended June 30, 2002 was approximately $1.0 million higher than expected because the value per share of the shares contributed by the Company to the Plan was higher on the contribution date than when the original per-share determination was made.
Plan participants may elect to receive all the matching contributions in cash; otherwise 50 percent of the matching contributions are made in the form of Company stock. Matching contributions are earned by participants on the basis of their calendar year contributions to the Plan. The Company makes the matching contributions, including the transfer of class A common stock, each January for participant contributions made during the previous calendar year. The Company contributed 106,649, 105,995, and 118,419 shares of class A common stock to the Plan during the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and 118,419 and 62,616 shares of class A common stock during the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
F-17
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
8. Stockholders Equity and Stock Options:
Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.20 par value per share, the terms and conditions of which are determined by the board of directors at each issuance. No preferred stock has been issued.
Common Stock
Holders of class A common stock are entitled to dividends per share in an amount equal to dividends per share declared and paid on class B common stock. Holders of both classes of common stock vote as a single class, with each share of class A common stock having one vote per share and each share of class B common stock having ten votes per share. Holders of both classes of common stock would share ratably in the net assets of the Company upon its liquidation or dissolution.
Treasury Stock
The Company has purchased common stock in each of the periods presented in the accompanying financial statements. These treasury stock transactions reflect the Companys historical practice of purchasing up to a specified number of shares approved by the board of directors at the then fair market value. Prior to becoming publicly traded, the Company retained an independent valuation firm to assist the board of directors in assessing the fair value of the stock. Only shares held by stockholders for more than six months were eligible to be purchased by the Company under this limited stock repurchase plan. The limited stock repurchase plan was discontinued when the Company became publicly traded. Additionally, the Companys stock option agreements allow employees to have shares withheld to pay their minimum tax withholding due upon exercise of nonqualified stock options.
Stock Options
The Company maintained a key employee incentive plan that was approved by the Companys stockholders in November 1994. All options granted by the Company since November 1994 have been granted under this plan. Following completion of the Companys initial public offering of stock, no additional options may be granted under this plan. Under the terms of the plan, options to purchase class A common stock or class B common stock were granted by the board of directors to key employees. The option price per share was determined by the board of directors and generally was no less than the fair value of the stock on the date of grant of the option. Prior to becoming publicly traded, the Company retained an independent valuation firm to assist the board of directors in assessing the fair value of the stock. Each option is exercisable within periods and in increments determined by the board of directors.
The Company recognized compensatory stock option expense on stock options issued below fair market value or upon modification of option terms of $937,000 in the year ended June 30, 2002, and $884,000 and $158,000 in the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Deferred compensation of $562,000 as of March 31, 2003 will be expensed over the 32-month remaining vesting period of the related options.
In March 2002, the Company adopted the SRA International, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. Up to 3,529,411 shares of class A common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2002 plan. The 2002 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards. The 2002 plan is administered by the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors, which shall determine the number of shares covered by options, the exercise price, the vesting period, and the duration of such option grants. The board of directors also has the authority under the 2002 plan to determine the number of shares of common stock subject to any restricted stock or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions of such awards. The 2002 plan expires in March 2012.
F-18
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
The following table summarizes stock option activity for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, and for the nine months ended March 31, 2003:
Number of Shares |
Weighted-Average Exercise Price | |||||
Shares under option, July 1, 1999 |
7,215,396 |
|
$ |
3.16 | ||
Options granted |
1,518,435 |
|
|
8.91 | ||
Options exercised |
(267,867 |
) |
|
3.49 | ||
Options cancelled and expired |
(506,723 |
) |
|
6.36 | ||
Shares under option, June 30, 2000 |
7,959,241 |
|
|
4.05 | ||
Options granted |
587,817 |
|
|
8.53 | ||
Options exercised |
(1,107,770 |
) |
|
1.70 | ||
Options cancelled and expired |
(556,337 |
) |
|
7.84 | ||
Shares under option, June 30, 2001 |
6,882,951 |
|
|
4.59 | ||
Options granted |
107,344 |
|
|
10.10 | ||
Options exercised |
(1,990,183 |
) |
|
1.84 | ||
Options cancelled and expired |
(123,420 |
) |
|
8.32 | ||
Shares under option, June 30, 2002 |
4,876,692 |
|
|
5.76 | ||
Options granted |
1,072,475 |
|
|
24.41 | ||
Options exercised |
(879,067 |
) |
|
3.98 | ||
Options cancelled and expired |
(84,708 |
) |
|
13.97 | ||
Shares under option, March 31, 2003 |
4,985,392 |
|
|
9.95 | ||
Options exercisable at March 31, 2003 |
2,894,744 |
|
|
5.15 | ||
Shares reserved for option awards at March 31, 2003 |
2,484,696 |
|
||||
Information with respect to stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable at March 31, 2003, was as follows:
Options Outstanding | ||||||||
Range of Exercise Price |
Number Outstanding |
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life |
Weighted-Average Exercise Price | |||||
$0.40$0.59 |
901,082 |
3.68 |
years |
$ |
0.55 | |||
$3.54$6.34 |
880,926 |
4.54 |
|
|
5.76 | |||
$6.82$10.15 |
2,158,669 |
11.92 |
|
|
8.58 | |||
$21.70$24.80 |
1,044,715 |
14.05 |
|
|
24.40 | |||
Options Exercisable | ||||||||
Range of Exercise Price |
Number Outstanding |
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life |
Weighted-Average Exercise Price | |||||
$0.40$0.59 |
901,082 |
3.68 |
years |
$ |
0.55 | |||
$3.54$6.34 |
880,926 |
4.54 |
|
|
5.76 | |||
$6.82$10.15 |
1,112,736 |
11.34 |
|
|
8.40 |
The Company has 10-year and 15-year options. For disclosure purposes, the fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes (Minimum Value) option-pricing model. The following
F-19
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
weighted-average assumptions were used for option grants during the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, and the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively: dividend yield of 0 percent (as the Company has not paid dividends in the past); expected volatility of 0 percent, 0 percent, 44 percent, 0 percent and 47 percent; expected average lives of 6 years, 5 years, 5 years, 5 years, and 5 years (based on the Companys experience); and risk-free interest rates of 6.1 percent, 5.4 percent, 5.0 percent, 5.0 percent, and 3.2 percent. The weighted-average fair value of the stock options granted for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, was $2.73, $2.02, and $11.36, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of the stock options granted for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, was $10.10 and $11.11, respectively. Using the Black-Scholes model, the total value of the options granted for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, was $4,139,000, $1,185,000, and $1,219,000, respectively, and $1,084,000, and $11,910,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
Stock Purchase Arrangement
The Company maintains a term life insurance policy on its chief executive officer, and has in the past maintained such policies on other executives. Expenses recognized under these policies were $382,000, $651,000 and $610,000 for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and $468,000 and $138,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. In September 2002, certain insurance policies were amended to reduce the amount of insurance retained on its chief executive officer from $80 million to $10 million. An amended stock purchase agreement with the Companys chief executive officer requires the Company to maintain this $10 million of insurance through December 2010. In the event this policy ceases to be available before the end of 2010, the Company has agreed it will purchase and maintain new life insurance policies providing the maximum coverage for the remainder of that period that can be purchased with the same overall annual premiums of approximately $53,000. The Company is the sole beneficiary of this policy and is required to use any proceeds received to repurchase shares from the chief executive officers estate upon his death.
F-20
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
9. Income Taxes:
The provision (benefit) for federal and state income taxes for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, and the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003 included the following (in thousands):
June 30, |
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||||||
Current provision: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Federal |
$ |
6,670 |
|
$ |
7,866 |
|
$ |
29,071 |
|
$ |
27,174 |
|
$ |
12,206 |
| |||||
State |
|
1,217 |
|
|
1,432 |
|
|
5,280 |
|
|
4,947 |
|
|
2,161 |
| |||||
Deferred benefit: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Federal |
|
(2,365 |
) |
|
(3,312 |
) |
|
(21,191 |
) |
|
(22,166 |
) |
|
(207 |
) | |||||
State |
|
(430 |
) |
|
(603 |
) |
|
(3,883 |
) |
|
(4,035 |
) |
|
(36 |
) | |||||
Total income tax provision |
$ |
5,092 |
|
$ |
5,383 |
|
$ |
9,277 |
|
$ |
5,920 |
|
$ |
14,124 |
| |||||
The Companys effective income tax rate varied from the statutory federal income tax rate for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, and the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003 as follows:
June 30, |
March 31, |
||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
|||||||||||
Statutory federal income tax rate |
35.0 |
% |
35.0 |
% |
35.0 |
% |
35.0 |
% |
35.0 |
% | |||||
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit |
3.9 |
|
3.9 |
|
3.9 |
|
3.9 |
|
3.9 |
| |||||
Stock-based compensation and 401(k) contribution expense |
|
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
4.4 |
|
0.2 |
| |||||
Nondeductible expenses and other |
2.2 |
|
3.3 |
|
3.5 |
|
2.9 |
|
0.9 |
| |||||
Effective tax rate |
41.1 |
% |
42.2 |
% |
45.1 |
% |
46.2 |
% |
40.0 |
% | |||||
The components of the net deferred tax (liability) asset as of June 30, 2001 and 2002, and March 31, 2003 were as follows (in thousands):
June 30, |
March 31, 2003 |
|||||||||||
2001 |
2002 |
|||||||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||||||
Compensated absences and other accruals not yet deductible for tax purposes |
$ |
|
|
$ |
6,468 |
|
$ |
6,978 |
| |||
Financial statement depreciation in excess of tax depreciation |
|
2,424 |
|
|
3,400 |
|
|
2,441 |
| |||
Deferred compensation |
|
1,294 |
|
|
1,560 |
|
|
1,383 |
| |||
Other |
|
400 |
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
| |||
|
4,118 |
|
|
11,603 |
|
|
10,802 |
| ||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Capitalized software |
|
(1,014 |
) |
|
(932 |
) |
|
(567 |
) | |||
Unbilled contract revenue |
|
|
|
|
(1,913 |
) |
|
(2,059 |
) | |||
Identified intangibles |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,483 |
) | |||
Difference between accrual basis of accounting and cash basis of accounting for revenue and expenses |
|
(19,420 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36 |
) | |||
|
(20,434 |
) |
|
(2,845 |
) |
|
(5,145 |
) | ||||
Net deferred tax (liability) asset |
$ |
(16,316 |
) |
$ |
8,758 |
|
$ |
5,657 |
| |||
F-21
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
On February 28, 2002, the Company executed a Closing Agreement and Final Determination with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that settled all outstanding issues raised by the IRS with respect to an audit of the Companys June 30, 1996 tax return. The primary issue related to the Companys use of the cash receipts and disbursements method of accounting for income tax purposes. The IRS asserted that the Company did not qualify to use this method of accounting. While the Company disagreed with the IRS on this matter, in order to bring the matter to closure, SRA agreed to convert from the cash method to the accrual method effective July 1, 2000. As part of the settlement, the IRS accepted the Companys use of the cash method for tax returns filed through June 30, 2000. The effect of this change required that the Company pay deferred federal and state income taxes, plus interest accrued from September 24, 2001 to February 28, 2002. On February 28, 2002, the Company paid the federal portion of these taxes totaling $18.6 million, plus interest of $538,000. The Company also paid $3.2 million of state taxes representing substantially all of the required additional state tax payments.
The Company had previously established a reserve of approximately $2.6 million (see Note 4) relating to the estimated probable interest on the tax liability. The provision for this accrual is reflected in other expense in the statement of operations through June 30, 2001. Because this reserve exceeded the amount of the actual federal interest payments and the Companys estimated state interest payments, the Company reversed approximately $1.8 million of the reserve in the quarter ended March 31, 2002. This reversal is reflected as other income in the statement of operations for the year ended June 30, 2002.
10. Commitments and Contingencies:
Government Contracting
Payments to the Company on cost-plus-fee contracts are provisional and are subject to adjustment upon audit by the Defense Contract Audit Agency. Audits through June 30, 2001 have been completed. In the opinion of management, audit adjustments that may result from audits for periods after June 30, 2001 are not expected to have a material effect on the Companys financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Additionally, federal government contracts, by their terms, generally can be terminated at any time by the federal government, without cause, for the convenience of the federal government. If a federal government contract is so terminated, SRA would be entitled to receive compensation for the services provided and costs incurred through the time of termination, plus a negotiated amount of profit. Federal government contractors who fail to comply with applicable government procurement-related statutes and regulations may be subject to potential contract termination, suspension and debarment from contracting with the government, or other remedies. Management believes the Company has complied with all applicable procurement-related statutes and regulations.
Leases
Net rent expense for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and for the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003 was as follows (in thousands):
June 30, |
March 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2002 |
2003 |
||||||||||||||||
Office space |
$ |
10,974 |
|
$ |
11,237 |
|
$ |
11,759 |
|
$ |
9,516 |
|
$ |
10,222 |
| |||||
Sublease income |
|
(1,035 |
) |
|
(923 |
) |
|
(1,572 |
) |
|
(1,135 |
) |
|
(1,033 |
) | |||||
Subtotal |
|
9,939 |
|
|
10,314 |
|
|
10,187 |
|
|
8,381 |
|
|
9,189 |
| |||||
Furniture and equipment |
|
871 |
|
|
684 |
|
|
634 |
|
|
508 |
|
|
631 |
| |||||
Total |
$ |
10,810 |
|
$ |
10,998 |
|
$ |
10,821 |
|
$ |
8,889 |
|
$ |
9,820 |
| |||||
F-22
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
Future minimum rental commitments under noncancellable operating leases, primarily for office space, are as follows (in thousands):
Rental Commitments |
Sublease Income |
Net Commitments | |||||||
Three months ending June 30, 2003 |
$ |
3,835 |
$ |
214 |
$ |
3,621 | |||
Years ending June 30, |
|||||||||
2004 |
|
14,885 |
|
863 |
|
14,022 | |||
2005 |
|
13,580 |
|
561 |
|
13,019 | |||
2006 |
|
12,220 |
|
228 |
|
11,992 | |||
2007 |
|
10,835 |
|
|
|
10,835 | |||
2008 |
|
10,032 |
|
|
|
10,032 | |||
Thereafter |
|
62,086 |
|
|
|
62,086 | |||
Total minimum lease payments |
$ |
127,473 |
$ |
1,866 |
$ |
125,607 | |||
Leases for certain office space entitle the Company to rent abatements pursuant to its lease agreements. The rent abatements are amortized as reductions in rent expense over the term of the respective leases. Certain lease commitments will be subject to adjustment based on changes in the Consumer Price Index.
Litigation
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings concerning matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company currently believes that any ultimate liability arising out of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
11. Gain (Loss) on Equity Method Investment:
In February 2001, the Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $11,776,000 on the sale of its minority interest in Mail2000, Inc. Approximately $900,000 of this gain related to amounts previously accrued by the Company for probable losses under funding commitments by the Company to Mail2000, Inc. The Company deferred recognition of contingent gains attributable to the portion of its sales proceeds that were deposited in escrow to cover certain contingencies. In the year ended June 30, 2002, an additional pre-tax gain of $373,000 was recognized when the Company received its portion of proceeds from the settlement of the first of two issues for which funds were escrowed. In the nine months ended March 31, 2003, additional pre-tax gains of $1.0 million were recognized when the Company received its portion of proceeds from the remaining settlement of indemnification escrow agreements. As of March 31, 2003, all escrows related to the sale of Mail2000, Inc. have been distributed.
12. Reimbursement of Expenses Upon Formation of Mantas, Inc.:
On December 15, 2000, the Company formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Mantas LLC, with the expectation that the Company would soon transfer its Mantas service offering, consisting of contracts, people, and intellectual property, to Mantas LLC and a third party investor would purchase an equity interest in Mantas LLC for cash. After completing due diligence in December 2000, the third party investor expected to fund this newly formed entity on or about January 1, 2001. However, the actual closing was delayed until May 24, 2001 to allow an additional investor to participate. The Company continued to own, develop and operate the Mantas service offering it had planned to transfer to Mantas LLC until May 24, 2001. The Company did this with the understanding from the third party investors that once Mantas LLC was funded, the Company would be
F-23
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
reimbursed by Mantas LLC for the operating costs of the Mantas service offering from January 1, 2001 to closing. However, there was no signed agreement in place that would have obligated the third party investors to fund Mantas LLC and no ownership interest in the Companys Mantas service offering had been transferred to the third party investors. Therefore, the Company had all risks and rewards of ownership with respect to the Mantas service offering through closing on May 24, 2001.
Operations of the Mantas service offering for the period from January 1, 2001 to May 24, 2001 resulted in the Company incurring $9.9 million of expenses ($5.5 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2001 and $4.4 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2001) and realizing $3.4 million of revenue ($1.1 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2001 and $2.3 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2001), which were included in the Companys operating results as revenue and expenses. On May 24, 2001, the Company converted Mantas LLC from a limited liability company to a Delaware corporation and changed its name to Mantas, Inc. The Company transferred the contracts, people, and intellectual property rights of its Mantas service offering to Mantas, Inc. in exchange for a 52 percent non-controlling interest in Mantas, Inc. and the third party investors contributed $15 million and other consideration for their interests in Mantas, Inc. Subsequent to May 24, 2001, Mantas, Inc. reimbursed the Company for the costs described above and the Company paid Mantas, Inc. for the revenue earned by the Company on Mantas, Inc. contracts for the period January 1, 2001 to May 24, 2001. This resulted in a net reimbursement to the Company of approximately $6.5 million which is recorded as a separate component of operations under Reimbursement of expenses upon formation of Mantas, Inc. Since May 24, 2001, the Company has accounted for its investment in Mantas, Inc. using the equity method of accounting as it has significant influence but not control since the Company does not control Mantas, Inc.s Board of Directors. The Companys ownership interest and influence was reduced to approximately 29 percent when the second round of Mantas, Inc. funding occurred on April 5, 2002, with the full funding provided by one of the third party investors.
13. Related Party Transactions:
Since May 24, 2001 (Closing), Mantas has utilized certain services provided by the Company. Mantas reimburses the Company for the cost of such services. Mantas leases space from the Company and receives other support services related to its occupancy. Sublease income and amounts due for other support services provided were approximately $1.6 million from Closing through June 30, 2002, and $701,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2003. The Company also allows Mantas to obtain certain travel and insurance-related services utilizing the Companys existing relationships with vendors. The total of such services received by Mantas was approximately $1.4 million from Closing through June 30, 2002, and $1.1 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2003. Additionally, the Company provides labor services when requested by Mantas to support its administrative and client support activities. Approximately $875,000 of such labor services were provided from Closing through June 30, 2002, and $259,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2003. At June 30, 2002, and March 31, 2003, amounts due from Mantas for all services utilized were approximately $118,000 and $206,000, respectively, which amounts were subsequently paid by Mantas to the Company.
14. Segment Reporting:
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. SRA reports three operating segmentsConsulting & Systems Integration (C&SI), Emerging Technologies (ET), and Legal Systems Integration (LSI). The C&SI segment focuses on the Companys three principal markets: national security, health care and public
F-24
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
health, and civil government. The ET segment historically performed advanced technology research and development, sought commercial applications for this research and development, and managed and maintained the Companys proprietary software product offerings. As of June 30, 2002, substantially all ET segment activities had ceased. As of July 1, 2002, the only remaining activity in the ET segment was the Assentor practice. In October 2002, the Company sold its Assentor practice. The LSI segment consists of the Companys prior legal systems integration business, that was closed as of December 31, 2000. Historically, the portion of selling, general, and administrative expenses that relate to corporate support functions and depreciation and amortization are allocated to segments based on the ratio of segment labor expense to total labor expense, exclusive of corporate selling, general, and administrative labor expense. The total amount of corporate selling, general, and administrative expense allocated to segments was $36.9 million, $37.2 million, and $35.9 million for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively, and $25.9 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2002. With the elimination of all ET segment activities in the nine months ended March 31, 2003, all selling, general, and administrative expenses that relate to corporate support functions for the nine months ended March 31, 2003 were assigned to the C&SI segment. The Company only tracks accounts receivable by segment. No other assets are specifically assigned to a segment.
Reportable Segments
(in thousands)
Year Ended June 30, 2000 |
C&SI |
ET |
LSI |
Total | ||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
282,735 |
$ |
14,056 |
|
$ |
15,244 |
|
$ |
312,035 | ||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
6,340 |
|
926 |
|
|
425 |
|
|
7,691 | ||||
Operating income (loss) |
|
20,273 |
|
(2,105 |
) |
|
(4,140 |
) |
|
14,028 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net at June 30, 2000 |
|
89,081 |
|
2,395 |
|
|
3,116 |
|
|
94,592 | ||||
Year Ended June 30, 2001 |
C&SI |
ET |
LSI |
Total | ||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
294,892 |
$ |
14,168 |
|
$ |
3,488 |
|
$ |
312,548 | ||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
6,938 |
|
1,297 |
|
|
158 |
|
|
8,393 | ||||
Operating income (loss) |
|
16,263 |
|
(8,208 |
) |
|
(3,887 |
) |
|
4,168 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net at June 30, 2001 |
|
96,188 |
|
390 |
|
|
870 |
|
|
97,448 | ||||
Year Ended June 30, 2002 |
C&SI |
ET |
LSI |
Total | ||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
356,246 |
$ |
4,951 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
361,197 | ||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
7,371 |
|
495 |
|
|
|
|
|
7,866 | ||||
Operating income (loss) |
|
24,665 |
|
(6,158 |
) |
|
|
|
|
18,507 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net at June 30, 2002 |
|
94,463 |
|
1,299 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
95,862 | ||||
Goodwill |
|
2,957 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,957 | ||||
Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 |
C&SI |
ET |
LSI |
Total | ||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
256,191 |
$ |
3,564 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
259,755 | ||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
5,273 |
|
416 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,689 | ||||
Operating income (loss) |
|
16,572 |
|
(5,778 |
) |
|
|
|
|
10,794 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net at March 31, 2002 |
|
96,358 |
|
757 |
|
|
457 |
|
|
97,572 | ||||
Goodwill |
|
2,957 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,957 | ||||
Nine Months Ended March 31, 2003 |
C&SI |
ET |
LSI |
Total | ||||||||||
Revenue |
$ |
322,177 |
$ |
1,077 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
323,254 | ||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
6,407 |
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,480 | ||||
Operating income (loss) |
|
28,541 |
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
|
|
28,495 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net at March 31, 2003 |
|
111,730 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111,730 | ||||
Goodwill |
|
36,171 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,171 |
F-25
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
15. Acquisitions:
In January 2002, the Company acquired, by merger, all of the outstanding stock of The Marasco Newton Group, Ltd. (MNG), a privately-held company providing information technology, management, and environmental policy solutions primarily for federal government agencies. Initial payments of approximately $7.2 million were made to acquire MNG. The results of MNG have been included in these consolidated financial statements from the January 4, 2002 date of the acquisition. Approximately $2.2 million of the initial payments were allocated to identified intangibles and approximately $3.0 million to goodwill. In connection with the acquisition, the Company assumed and subsequently repaid debt of approximately $5.2 million. In December 2002, the Company made earn-out payments of $8.7 million to the former stockholders of MNG representing all of the previously contingent purchase price. This additional purchase price was assigned to goodwill.
In January 2003, the Company acquired, by merger, all of the outstanding stock of Adroit Systems, Inc. (Adroit), a privately-held company specializing in national security, particularly providing services in the area of command and control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance to U.S. intelligence and defense organizations. The results of Adroit have been included in these consolidated financial statements from the January 31, 2003 date of the acquisition. The net purchase price consisted of initial payments to Adroit stockholders of approximately $33.3 million, with another $5.0 million deposited in escrow to secure indemnification obligations of the former stockholders of Adroit. In connection with the acquisition, we assumed and subsequently repaid debt of approximately $1.0 million. In addition, Adroit executives used $4.4 million of the net purchase price proceeds to buy an aggregate of 160,905 shares of SRA International, Inc. class A common stock at a price equal to the average closing stock price on the twenty trading days preceding the closing date. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including acquisition expenses, at the date of acquisition (in thousands).
Current assets |
$ |
13,695 |
| |
Property and equipment, net |
|
1,180 |
| |
Goodwill |
|
24,516 |
| |
Identified intangible assets |
|
4,629 |
| |
Total assets acquired |
|
44,020 |
| |
Current liabilities |
|
(3,326 |
) | |
Other liabilities |
|
(2,331 |
) | |
Total liabilities assumed |
|
(5,657 |
) | |
Net assets acquired |
$ |
38,363 |
| |
The identified intangible assets of $4.6 million were assigned to contract rights and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of six years.
F-26
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS(Continued)
Years Ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2003
The following unaudited pro forma information presents consolidated information as if the acquisition of Adroit had occurred on July 1, 2001. The pro forma information is provided based on historical data that does not necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred, nor is it necessarily indicative of the future results of operations of the combined entity (in thousands except per share amounts).
Pro Forma Nine Months Ended March 31, | ||||||
2002 |
2003 | |||||
Revenue |
$ |
287,498 |
$ |
351,606 | ||
Net income |
|
6,925 |
|
22,534 | ||
Basic earnings per share |
|
0.50 |
|
1.06 | ||
Diluted earnings per share |
|
0.42 |
|
0.95 |
16. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)(in thousands, except per share amounts):
Revenue |
Operating Income (Loss) |
Income (Loss) Before Taxes |
Net Income (Loss) |
Earnings (Loss) Per Share (a) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
Diluted |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended June 30, 2001 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
1st Quarter |
$ |
76,572 |
$ |
(499 |
) |
$ |
(735 |
) |
$ |
(425 |
) |
$ |
(0.03 |
) |
$ |
(0.03 |
) | ||||||
2nd Quarter |
|
72,605 |
|
(5,033 |
) |
|
(5,721 |
) |
|
(3,306 |
) |
|
(0.24 |
) |
|
(0.24 |
) | ||||||
3rd Quarter |
|
78,154 |
|
34 |
|
|
10,728 |
|
|
6,200 |
|
|
0.46 |
|
|
0.38 |
| ||||||
4th Quarter |
|
85,217 |
|
9,666 |
|
|
8,484 |
|
|
4,904 |
|
|
0.36 |
|
|
0.31 |
| ||||||
Year Ended June 30, 2002 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
1st Quarter |
$ |
77,594 |
$ |
1,974 |
|
$ |
2,282 |
|
$ |
1,197 |
|
$ |
0.09 |
|
$ |
0.08 |
| ||||||
2nd Quarter |
|
82,986 |
|
2,912 |
|
|
2,968 |
|
|
1,264 |
|
|
0.09 |
|
|
0.08 |
| ||||||
3rd Quarter |
|
99,175 |
|
5,908 |
|
|
7,564 |
|
|
4,433 |
|
|
0.32 |
|
|
0.27 |
| ||||||
4th Quarter |
|
101,442 |
|
7,713 |
|
|
7,740 |
|
|
4,383 |
|
|
0.26 |
|
|
0.22 |
| ||||||
Nine Months Ended March 31, 2003 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
1st Quarter |
$ |
101,538 |
$ |
7,067 |
|
$ |
8,486 |
|
$ |
5,007 |
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
$ |
0.21 |
| ||||||
2nd Quarter |
|
105,311 |
|
9,917 |
|
|
15,024 |
|
|
9,005 |
|
|
0.43 |
|
|
0.38 |
| ||||||
3rd Quarter |
|
116,405 |
|
11,511 |
|
|
11,796 |
|
|
7,170 |
|
|
0.33 |
|
|
0.30 |
|
(a) | The sum of earnings (loss) per share for the four quarters in both years differs from the annual earnings (loss) per share due to the required method of computing the weighted average number of shares in the interim period. |
F-27
2,750,000 Shares
Class A Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
, 2003
Citigroup
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Legg Mason Wood Walker
Incorporated
Adams, Harkness & Hill, Inc.
BB&T Capital Markets
RBC Capital Markets
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
SEC registration fee |
$ |
7,233 | |
NASD filing fee |
|
9,440 | |
Printing and engraving expenses |
|
150,000 | |
Legal fees and expenses |
|
200,000 | |
Accounting fees and expenses |
|
250,000 | |
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees) |
|
15,000 | |
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses |
|
10,000 | |
Miscellaneous |
|
8,327 | |
Total |
$ |
650,000 | |
The Registrant will bear all expenses shown above.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Article SEVENTH of the Registrants Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the Restated Certificate) provides that, except to the extent prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL), the Registrants directors shall not be personally liable to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as directors of the Registrant. Under the DGCL, the directors have a fiduciary duty to the Registrant which is not eliminated by this provision of the Restated Certificate and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of nonmonetary relief will remain available. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability under the DGCL for breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the Registrant, for acts or omissions which are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director, and for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are prohibited by the DGCL. This provision also does not affect the directors responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws. The Registrant has obtained liability insurance for its officers and directors.
Article EIGHTH of the Registrants Restated Certificate provides that the Registrant shall indemnify (a) each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Registrant), by reason of the fact that such person is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Registrant, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Registrant, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an Indemnitee), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on such persons behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the
II-1
best interests of the Registrant, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful and (b) any Indemnitee who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Registrant to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Registrant, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Registrant, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys fees) and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Registrant, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Registrant, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he is entitled to indemnification of such expenses (including attorneys fees) which the court deems proper. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, he will be indemnified by the Registrant against all expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses shall be advanced to an Indemnitee at his request, provided that he undertakes to repay the amount advanced if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification for such expenses.
Indemnification is required to be made unless the Registrant determines that the applicable standard of conduct required for indemnification has not been met. In the event of a determination by the Registrant that the director or officer did not meet the applicable standard of conduct required for indemnification, or if the Registrant fails to make an indemnification payment within 60 days after such payment is claimed by such person, such person is permitted to petition the court to make an independent determination as to whether such person is entitled to indemnification. As a condition precedent to the right of indemnification, the director or officer must give the Registrant notice of the action for which indemnity is sought and the Registrant has the right to participate in such action or assume the defense thereof.
Article EIGHTH of the Registrants Restated Certificate further provides that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive.
The Registrant has purchased directors and officers liability insurance that would indemnify its directors and officers against damages arising out of certain kinds of claims that might be made against them based on their negligent acts or omissions while acting in their capacity as such.
Steven Denning, one of the directors of the Registrant, is also the executive managing member of General Atlantic Partners, LLC (GAP), and is serving on the Registrants board of directors at the request of GAP and certain investment entities affiliated with GAP. Pursuant to the limited partnership agreement with one such affiliated entity, Mr. Denning is indemnified against liability he may incur in his capacity as a director of the Registrant. In addition, Mr. Denning is a beneficiary of an insurance policy maintained by another affiliate of GAP and affiliated entities to cover liability he may incur in his capacity as a director of the Registrant.
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). Reference is made to the form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer, employee or agent as to which indemnification will be required or permitted under the Restated Certificate. The Registrant is not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for such indemnification.
II-2
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Since April 30, 2000, the Registrant has issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act as summarized below.
In January 2003, in connection with its acquisition of Adroit Systems, Inc., the Registrant issued to executives of Adroit an aggregate of 160,905 shares of its class A common stock at a purchase price of $27.35 per share. Based on the representations of each of these executives, the Registrant believes each purchaser is an accredited investor as defined by Rule 501 of the Securities Act.
In April 2002, the Registrant issued 535,348 shares of its class A common stock to four investment entities affiliated with General Atlantic Partners, LLC at a purchase price of $18.70 per share. Based on the representations of each of these entities, the Registrant believes each entity is an accredited investor as defined by Rule 501 of the Securities Act.
Since April 30, 2000, the Registrant has issued options to purchase a total of 1,459,422 shares of its class A common stock at exercise prices ranging from $8.50 to $10.15 per share to employees and directors pursuant to the Registrants 1994 Stock Option Plan.
No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. Such sales were made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act set forth in Section 4(2) thereof relative to sales by an issuer not involving any public offering or the rules and regulations thereunder, Rule 506 of the Securities Act, or Rule 701 of the Securities Act. The purchasers in each case represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof. Appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
Since April 30, 2000, the Registrant has issued 287,030 shares of its class A common stock to its 401(k) plan through matching contributions and discretionary and extra contributions as determined by its board of directors. These issuances were not sales within the meaning of the Securities Act.
Item 16. Exhibits.
(a) | Exhibits: |
Exhibit Number |
Description | |
1.1** |
Form of Underwriting Agreement | |
2.1 |
Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among SRA International, Inc., Alex Acquisition Corporation, and Adroit Systems, Inc., dated January 3, 2003. Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the exhibits and schedules of the Agreement and Plan of Merger are omitted. | |
3.1 |
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant | |
3.2 |
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant | |
4.1 |
Specimen common stock certificate | |
4.2 |
See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Registrant defining the rights of holders of common stock of the Registrant | |
5.1** |
Opinion of Hale and Dorr LLP | |
10.1 |
1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended | |
10.2 |
1985 Key Employee Incentive Plan | |
10.3 |
2002 Stock Incentive Plan | |
II-3
Exhibit Number |
Description | |
10.4 |
Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees, as amended | |
10.5 |
Office Lease Agreement, dated May 11, 1999, between the Registrant and Fair Lakes North and South L.P., as amended | |
10.6 |
Office Lease Agreement, dated May 11, 1999, between the Registrant and Fair Lakes North and South L.P., as amended | |
10.7 |
Loan Agreement, dated August 15, 2001, among the Registrant, SunTrust Bank, Systems Research and Applications Corporation and SRA Technical Services Center, Inc. | |
10.8 |
401(k) Savings Plan, as amended | |
10.9 |
Second Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Ernst Volgenau, dated May 19, 2002 | |
10.10 |
Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Ernst Volgenau, dated September 26, 2002, amending the Second Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 19, 2002, between the Registrant and Ernst Volgenau | |
10.11 |
Stockholders Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners 75, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners II, L.P., GapStar, LLC, GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG and the stockholders named therein, dated April 23, 2002 | |
10.12 |
Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners 75, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners II, L.P., GapStar, LLC, GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG and the stockholders named therein, dated April 23, 2002 | |
10.13 |
Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners 75, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners II, L.P., GapStar, LLC, GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG and the stockholders named therein, dated April 22, 2002 | |
10.14 |
Revolving Note, dated August 15, 2001 of the Registrant, Systems Research and Applications Corporation and SRA Technical Services Center, Inc. to SunTrust Bank | |
10.15 |
Security Agreement dated August 15, 2001, among the Registrant, SunTrust Bank, Systems Research and Applications Corporation and SRA Technical Services Center, Inc. | |
10.16 |
Collateral Assignment, Patent Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated August 15, 2001, among the Registrant, SunTrust Bank, Systems Research and Applications Corporation and SRA Technical Services Center, Inc. | |
10.17 |
Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2002, by The Marasco Newton Group Ltd. and SRA International, Inc. in favor of SunTrust Bank | |
10.18 |
Modification Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2002, among SRA International, Inc., Systems Research and Applications Corporation, SRA Technical Services Center, Inc., The Marasco Newton Group Ltd. and SunTrust Bank | |
10.19 |
Security Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2002, from The Marasco Newton Group Ltd. in favor of SunTrust Bank | |
10.20 |
Collateral Assignment, Patent Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2002, from The Marasco Newton Group Ltd. in favor of SunTrust Bank | |
21.1* |
Subsidiaries of the Registrant | |
23.1 |
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP | |
23.2** |
Consent of Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) | |
24.1* |
Power of Attorney | |
24.2 |
Power of Attorney of Michael R. Klein |
II-4
* | Previously filed. |
** | To be filed by amendment. |
| Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Registrant Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-83780). |
| Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 (File No. 001-31334). |
| Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 13, 2002 (File No. 001-31334). |
(b) | Financial Statement Schedules: |
Independent Auditors Report on Schedule |
Schedule of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts |
All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.
Item 17. Undertakings.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Restated Certificate of the registrant, the Underwriting Agreement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) | For purpose of determining any liability under the Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
(2) | For purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Fairfax, Virginia, on this 5th day of June, 2003.
SRA INTERNATIONAL, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ ERNST VOLGENAU | |
Ernst Volgenau President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date | ||||
/s/ ERNST VOLGENAU Ernst Volgenau |
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
June 5, 2003 | ||||
/s/ STEPHEN C. HUGHES Stephen C. Hughes |
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
June 5, 2003 | ||||
* William K. Brehm |
Chairman of the Board of Directors |
June 5, 2003 | ||||
* John W. Barter |
Director |
June 5, 2003 | ||||
* Steven A. Denning |
Director |
June 5, 2003 | ||||
* Michael R. Klein |
Director |
June 5, 2003 | ||||
* Delbert C. Staley |
Director |
June 5, 2003 | ||||
*By: |
/s/ ERNST VOLGENAU Ernst Volgenau Attorney-in-Fact |
June 5, 2003 |
II-6
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
SRA International, Inc.:
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of SRA International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2001 and 2002 and March 31, 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2002 and the nine months ended March 31, 2002 and 2003 and have issued our report thereon dated May 28, 2003. Our audit also included the financial statement schedule for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2002 and the nine months ended March 31, 2003 listed in Item 16(b) of this Form S-1. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
Deloitte & Touche LLP
McLean, Virginia
May 28, 2003
S-1
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Account
Activity in the Companys allowance accounts for the years ended June 30, 2000, 2001, and 2002 and nine months ended March 31, 2003, was as follows (in thousands):
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts | |||||||||||||||
Period |
Balance at Beginning of Period |
Charged to Costs and Expenses |
Deductions |
Other |
Balance at End of Period | ||||||||||
2000 |
$ |
575 |
$ |
50 |
$ |
42 |
$ |
|
$ |
583 | |||||
2001 |
|
583 |
|
767 |
|
150 |
|
|
|
1,200 | |||||
2002 |
|
1,200 |
|
700 |
|
850 |
|
|
|
1,050 | |||||
March 31, 2003 |
|
1,050 |
|
100 |
|
|
|
178 |
|
1,328 | |||||
Allowance for Contract Disallowances | |||||||||||||||
Period |
Balance at Beginning of Period |
Charged to Costs and Expenses |
Deductions |
Other |
Balance at End of Period | ||||||||||
2000 |
$ |
1,683 |
$ |
242 |
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
1,925 | |||||
2001 |
|
1,925 |
|
1,665 |
|
1,848 |
|
|
|
1,742 | |||||
2002 |
|
1,742 |
|
707 |
|
923 |
|
26 |
|
1,552 | |||||
March 31, 2003 |
|
1,552 |
|
682 |
|
439 |
|
220 |
|
2,015 | |||||
Allowances for Interest on Tax Exposure | |||||||||||||||
Period |
Balance at Beginning of Period |
Charged to Costs and Expenses |
Deductions |
Other |
Balance at End of Period | ||||||||||
2000 |
$ |
|
$ |
209 |
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
209 | |||||
2001 |
|
209 |
|
2,391 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,600 | |||||
2002 |
|
2,600 |
|
|
|
2,415 |
|
|
|
185 | |||||
March 31, 2003 |
|
185 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
155 |
S-2
Exhibit Index
Exhibit Number |
Description |
|||
1.1** |
Form of Underwriting Agreement |
|||
2.1 |
Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among SRA International, Inc., Alex Acquisition Corporation, and Adroit Systems, Inc., dated January 3, 2003. Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the exhibits and schedules of the Agreement and Plan of Merger are omitted. |
|||
3.1 |
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant |
|||
3.2 |
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant |
|||
4.1 |
Specimen common stock certificate |
|||
4.2 |
See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Registrant defining the rights of holders of common stock of the Registrant |
|||
5.1** |
Opinion of Hale and Dorr LLP |
|||
10.1 |
1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended |
|||
10.2 |
1985 Key Employee Incentive Plan |
|||
10.3 |
2002 Stock Incentive Plan |
|||
10.4 |
Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees, as amended |
|||
10.5 |
Office Lease Agreement, dated May 11, 1999, between the Registrant and Fair Lakes North and South L.P., as amended |
|||
10.6 |
Office Lease Agreement, dated May 11, 1999, between the Registrant and Fair Lakes North and South L.P., as amended |
|||
10.7 |
Loan Agreement, dated August 15, 2001, among the Registrant, SunTrust Bank, Systems Research and Applications Corporation and SRA Technical Services Center, Inc. |
|||
10.8 |
401(k) Savings Plan, as amended |
|||
10.9 |
Second Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Ernst Volgenau, dated May 19, 2002 |
|||
10.10 |
Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Ernst Volgenau, dated September 26, 2002, amending the Second Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 19, 2002, between the Registrant and Ernst Volgenau |
|||
10.11 |
Stockholders Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners 75, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners II, L.P., GapStar, LLC, GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG and the stockholders named therein, dated April 23, 2002 |
|||
10.12 |
Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners 75, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners II, L.P., GapStar, LLC, GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG and the stockholders named therein, dated April 23, 2002 |
|||
10.13 |
Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners 75, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners II, L.P., GapStar, LLC, GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG and the stockholders named therein, dated April 22, 2002 |
|||
10.14 |
Revolving Note, dated August 15, 2001 of the Registrant, Systems Research and Applications Corporation and SRA Technical Services Center, Inc. to SunTrust Bank |
|||
10.15 |
Security Agreement dated August 15, 2001, among the Registrant, SunTrust Bank, Systems Research and Applications Corporation and SRA Technical Services Center, Inc. |
|||
10.16 |
Collateral Assignment, Patent Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated August 15, 2001, among the Registrant, SunTrust Bank, Systems Research and Applications Corporation and SRA Technical Services Center, Inc. |
|||
10.17 |
Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2002, by The Marasco Newton Group Ltd. and SRA International, Inc. in favor of SunTrust Bank |
Exhibit Number |
Description |
|||
10.18 |
Modification Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2002, among SRA International, Inc., Systems Research and Applications Corporation, SRA Technical Services Center, Inc., The Marasco Newton Group Ltd. and SunTrust Bank |
|||
10.19 |
Security Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2002, from The Marasco Newton Group Ltd. in favor of SunTrust Bank |
|||
10.20 |
Collateral Assignment, Patent Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2002, from The Marasco Newton Group Ltd. in favor of SunTrust Bank |
|||
21.1* |
Subsidiaries of the Registrant |
|||
23.1 |
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP |
|||
23.2** |
Consent of Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) |
|||
24.1* |
Power of Attorney |
|||
24.2 |
Power of Attorney of Michael R. Klein |
* | Previously filed. |
** | To be filed by amendment. |
| Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Registrant Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-83780). |
| Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 (File No. 001-31334). |
| Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 13, 2002 (File No. 001-31334). |